{"title":"All Products","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"irp2-ns","title":"IRP2-NS Infra-Red Model Railway Points Controller with Automatic Train Routing","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling IRP2-NS is a compact \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red model railway points controller with automatic train detection\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to automatically operate and route trains through \u003cstrong\u003e3-wire point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its built-in infra-red sensor detects passing trains directly from beneath the track, allowing points to be changed automatically without requiring a separate train detector. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IRP2-NS can route trains in a \u003cstrong\u003epredictable or random sequence\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing selected trains to be automatically sent onto a branch line. It can also measure how long a train passes over the sensor, allowing \u003cstrong\u003eshort and long trains to be routed differently\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example, the controller could automatically send most trains along the main line while periodically routing a train onto a branch, or route a long express train differently from a shorter locomotive or shunter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe controller is highly programmable, with adjustable routing ratios, sensor sensitivity, operating delays, point-motor drive duration and automatic point resetting. This makes it suitable for a wide range of automatic model railway routing applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in infra-red sensor for automatic train detection.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically operates model railway points when a train is detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with standard 3-wire twin-coil solenoid point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso supports suitable 3-wire slow-acting motorised point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePredictable or random automatic train routing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable proportion of trains routed to a branch line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan distinguish between short and long trains using detection time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrain-length threshold can be programmed to suit the layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for facing and trailing point applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic timed return of points to their original position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable delay before points operate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable point-motor drive duration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable infra-red sensor sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan retain the last point position when powered down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional manual control-panel switches can be used alongside automatic operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for reversing-loop and terminus routing applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design with the sensor built directly into the module.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully programmable using the on-board push button.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/in_52211a0a-bcde-4bb2-8dc6-b0e843f14cbb.png?v=1778158542\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eThe IRP2-NS is normally installed beneath the track, with its built-in sensor looking upwards through an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole in the baseboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. The infra-red components are approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2.2mm in diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing them to see between the sleepers even on smaller-scale track. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt normal sensitivity, the sensor has a detection range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its sensitivity can also be adjusted to suit different rolling stock, mounting positions and lighting conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Motor Wiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/qw.png?v=1778158436\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor conventional \u003cstrong\u003e3-wire solenoid point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e, the IRP2-NS is used with a \u003cstrong\u003eCapacitor Discharge Unit (CDU)\u003c\/strong\u003e. The CDU provides the high-current pulse required to operate the point motor, while the IRP2-NS determines when and in which direction the points should operate. One CDU can be shared between multiple points-control modules. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IRP2-NS can also operate suitable \u003cstrong\u003e3-wire slow-acting motorised points\u003c\/strong\u003e, such as geared DC point motors. The output duration can be increased to allow these motors sufficient time to complete their movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Train Routing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_222550.jpg?v=1789334786\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith \u003cstrong\u003efacing points\u003c\/strong\u003e, the IRP2-NS can automatically decide whether an approaching train continues along the main line or is diverted onto a branch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRouting can be predictable - for example, \u003cstrong\u003eevery fourth train\u003c\/strong\u003e - or random, with the proportion of trains sent to the branch adjustable to suit the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRoute Trains by Length\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe IRP2-NS can also measure how long the train obstructs the sensor and use this to distinguish between \u003cstrong\u003eshort and long trains\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example, longer trains could automatically be sent to one route while shorter trains are directed to another. The train-length threshold is programmable rather than being fixed; the manual specifies a programmable detection period and a default of five seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Points Reset\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe points can remain in their new position after a train passes or be programmed to \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically return to their original position\u003c\/strong\u003e after a selected delay.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is particularly useful for trailing points and other layouts where the points should temporarily align with an approaching train before returning to their normal route. The reset delay can be programmed from \u003cstrong\u003e2 to 240 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, or disabled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Layout Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe IRP2-NS can be configured for more advanced layouts, including \u003cstrong\u003eDCC reversing loops and terminus\/stub-end stations\u003c\/strong\u003e. For example, it can change points each time a train passes to alternate the route through a reversing loop, or automatically select arrival and departure tracks at a terminus. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese applications may require additional equipment such as a suitable DCC autoreverser or shuttle controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNormal power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50mA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25A–1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrain detection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in infra-red reflection sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical detection range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to approximately 25mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor mounting hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor sensitivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable from 1–10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolenoid points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard 3-wire twin-coil motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolenoid point operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Requires a suitable CDU.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow-acting points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with suitable 3-wire motorised point mechanisms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor normal 12V DC operation, use a \u003cstrong\u003eregulated power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. The manual specifically warns against using the auxiliary output of a train controller because these outputs may be insufficiently smooth or stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, wiring diagrams, operating modes, programming options and troubleshooting, please refer to the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"IRP2NS\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/197Ih3P6nK6z7yWW1nqIt9BM8LUPAhNJ6\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56825454526809,"sku":null,"price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/irp2-ns-points-controller-1251490301.jpg?v=1785342674"},{"product_id":"pts1","title":"PTS1 DC Model Railway Shuttle Controller with Points Control","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBLOCKsignalling PTS1 is an automatic DC model railway shuttle controller with points control\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to operate \u003cstrong\u003eup to three trains\u003c\/strong\u003e across multiple routes. It automatically reverses trains, switches \u003cstrong\u003esolenoid points\u003c\/strong\u003e, selects routes and controls waiting times for fully automatic operation.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PTS1 can be used for anything from a \u003cstrong\u003esimple end-to-end model railway shuttle\u003c\/strong\u003e to more advanced layouts incorporating sidings, branch lines and multiple trains. Depending on the selected program, one, two or three locomotives can be automatically routed around the layout in different sequences. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA built-in \u003cstrong\u003eCapacitor Discharge Unit (CDU)\u003c\/strong\u003e operates up to two solenoid points motors and provides a \u003cstrong\u003e25V output\u003c\/strong\u003e for reliable points switching. Track power is also switched automatically to match the selected route and direction of travel. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PTS1 includes \u003cstrong\u003e16 built-in program modes\u003c\/strong\u003e covering a wide variety of track configurations and train sequences. Waiting times can be fixed or randomised, while transit times and the number of sequence repeats can also be programmed to suit the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic DC model railway shuttle control for one, two or three trains.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically reverses trains and controls track power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically operates and switches solenoid points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports simple shuttle lines, sidings, branch lines and multi-route layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 built-in program modes for different track arrangements and train sequences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in 25V Capacitor Discharge Unit (CDU) for reliable points operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperates up to two solenoid points motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammable transit and waiting times from 1 to 240 seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed or randomised waiting times for more varied operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammable number of sequence repeats, including continuous operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual layout operation remains possible when the PTS1 is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn-board LED indication assists with programming and troubleshooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes five 1N4004 diodes for creating the required stopping sections.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PTS1 uses diodes across insulated rail gaps to create stopping sections at the ends of the routes. When a train reaches a stopping section, it remains there until the PTS1 changes the track polarity and route as required by the selected program. Five suitable 1N4004 diodes are supplied with the module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBasic Shuttle Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a simple single-track shuttle, the PTS1 automatically reverses the track polarity to run a train continuously backwards and forwards. A separate \u003cstrong\u003eDC locomotive controller (throttle)\u003c\/strong\u003e is used to set the train speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/pts1_9f374aef-98ee-45be-995d-57913bc3e366.png?v=1778160243\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiodes fitted across insulated rail gaps at each end stop the locomotive until the PTS1 reverses the track polarity for the return journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Points \u0026amp; Route Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PTS1 can automatically operate points and switch track power to route trains between the main line, branch lines and sidings. Different program modes allow trains to follow different routes automatically without the operator having to change the points manually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLayout with One Set of Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/pts2_dbb815eb-8a24-4dd5-b20c-67832f16fde8.png?v=1778160261\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arrangement can be used with either one or two trains, with the PTS1 automatically switching the points and track power to route the trains between the branch, main line and stopping sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLayout with Points at Each End\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/pts3_0e3a0b02-bbee-4e7b-a6a2-4483e3fa068f.png?v=1778160274\" alt=\"\" style=\"margin: 0px; font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith points at both ends, the PTS1 supports multiple automatic sequences for routing one, two or three trains between different tracks and sidings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustable \u0026amp; Random Waiting Times\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransit and waiting times can be programmed from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 240 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. Waiting periods can also be randomised, in which case the PTS1 varies each wait between \u003cstrong\u003e25% and 100% of the programmed waiting time\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping make automatic operation less repetitive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 0.25A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A to 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints output:\u003c\/strong\u003e built-in CDU, 25V DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints motors:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to two solenoid points motors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrain control:\u003c\/strong\u003e separate DC locomotive controller\/throttle required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStopping diodes:\u003c\/strong\u003e five 1N4004 diodes included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e use a suitable regulated 12V DC supply; do not use a train controller's auxiliary accessory output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manual specifically warns that train-controller auxiliary outputs may not provide sufficiently smooth or stable power and could cause unpredictable operation or damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProgramming\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PTS1 is supplied in a \u003cstrong\u003etest program\u003c\/strong\u003e and must be programmed to suit the track configuration being used. Programming is carried out using the on-board push button and LED, with no computer or additional programming equipment required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, wiring configurations, program selection, programming and troubleshooting, please refer to the product instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"PTS1\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1kSdQ6uTxum8nmCGf_HseZlTrmi9RWvZm\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56825534644569,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/pts1-shuttle-controller-1252485575.jpg?v=1785674054"},{"product_id":"sas2-ir","title":"SAS2-IR DC Model Railway Shuttle Controller with Infra-Red Detection","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling SAS2-IR is an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic DC model railway shuttle controller with infra-red train detection\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to run a train continuously backwards and forwards along a single length of track. Two infra-red sensors detect the train at each end of the line, allowing automatic end-to-end operation \u003cstrong\u003ewithout cutting or isolating the track\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe infra-red sensors are positioned beneath the track at the required stopping points. When the train reaches an end of the line, the SAS2-IR detects it and \u003cstrong\u003eswitches off the track power\u003c\/strong\u003e, bringing the locomotive to a stop. After the selected waiting period, the module reverses the track polarity and restores power, automatically sending the train back in the opposite direction. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SAS2-IR works with a \u003cstrong\u003eseparate DC speed controller\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the normal train speed to be set using your existing throttle. The module then automatically controls stopping, waiting and direction changes. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaiting times at each end can be independently programmed from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 240 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e and can operate with either fixed or random timing. When random operation is selected, the waiting period varies between approximately one quarter and the programmed maximum time, creating less repetitive automatic operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically operates a DC model train backwards and forwards.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfra-red train detection at both ends of the shuttle line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo track cutting or isolated stopping sections required when using IR shuttle operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with a separate DC speed controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependently adjustable waiting times at each end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaiting times adjustable from 1 to 240 seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed or random waiting times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable infra-red sensor sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetection range of up to approximately 25mm at normal sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional control-panel route indication LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional two-aspect signal control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignals remain red while a train is waiting and change to green before departure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional push-button departure control available in the alternative operating mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully programmable using the on-board push button and LED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a 12V DC power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBasic DC Shuttle Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_170033.jpg?v=1789315326\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DC speed controller provides the traction power and determines the locomotive speed, while the SAS2-IR automatically switches the polarity and controls when the train stops and departs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_165125.jpg?v=1789314784\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eEach infra-red sensor is normally mounted beneath the track through an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole in the baseboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. At the normal sensitivity setting, the sensors can detect rolling stock at distances of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The optical elements are approximately 2.2mm in diameter, allowing them to see between sleepers even on smaller-scale track. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eThe sensitivity is factory-set to 5 and can be adjusted between \u003cstrong\u003e1 and 10\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the detection threshold to be adapted for different installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustable \u0026amp; Random Waiting Times\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eWaiting times can be independently programmed for the two ends of the shuttle line from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 240 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEither end can also be configured for random waiting. In random mode, the actual waiting period varies between approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25% and 100% of the programmed maximum\u003c\/strong\u003e, producing more varied automatic train movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Two-Aspect Signal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_170135.jpg?v=1789315326\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SAS2-IR can also operate optional \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-cathode two-aspect LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e at each end of the shuttle line. A signal remains red while the train is waiting, changes to green \u003cstrong\u003efive seconds before departure\u003c\/strong\u003e, and returns to red \u003cstrong\u003efive seconds after the train sets off\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Route Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe signal outputs can alternatively be used with LEDs on a control panel or mimic board. These can indicate whether the train is waiting at either end or travelling in either direction. Each LED requires an approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1kΩ series resistor\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModule current consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 0.25A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A–1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraction power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate DC speed controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrain detection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two infra-red reflection sensors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical detection range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to approximately 25mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor mounting hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaiting time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1–240 seconds at each end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaiting modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed or random.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional signals:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common-cathode two-aspect LED signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module should be powered from a suitable \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC power supply rather than the auxiliary terminals of a train controller\u003c\/strong\u003e, as these accessory outputs may not provide sufficiently smooth or stable power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, infra-red sensor wiring, programming, signal connections and troubleshooting, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1DMCO-rH3wDNRdxK0afhGW5-mYXCI7NaR\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"SAS2IR\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56825607061849,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/sas2-ir-dc-shuttle-with-infra-red-detectors-1249063953.jpg?v=1784051651"},{"product_id":"dap1-ns","title":"DAP1-NS Infra-Red Model Railway Semaphore Signal Controller","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling DAP1-NS is an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic model railway semaphore signal controller with built-in infra-red train detection\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed specifically to automate compatible \u003cstrong\u003eDapol semaphore signals\u003c\/strong\u003e. When a train passes over the sensor, the module automatically operates the signal without requiring track switches or modifications to the rolling stock. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in sensor projects invisible infra-red light upwards towards the underside of passing rolling stock and detects the reflected light. The sensor is installed beneath the track through an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole\u003c\/strong\u003e and requires only around a \u003cstrong\u003e2mm gap between the sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eN gauge and larger scales\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DAP1-NS connects directly to the signal's four wires. It shares the signal's power supply and automatically replaces the manual switching action normally performed by briefly connecting the two yellow signal wires. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module works straight out of the packet with \u003cstrong\u003eno programming required\u003c\/strong\u003e. Train-clear time, the final delay before the signal returns to its original position and sensor sensitivity can all be adjusted if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically operates compatible Dapol semaphore signals.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in infra-red train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo modifications to locomotives or rolling stock required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor mounts beneath the track through an 8mm hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for N gauge and larger model railway layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnly four signal wires to connect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo programming required for normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable train-clear time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable delay before the signal returns to its original position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable infra-red detection sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemembers the signal position when power is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperates from the same power supply as the semaphore signal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with 9–12V DC or 12–16V AC supplies.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection \u0026amp; Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_164221.jpg?v=1789314162\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensor is installed through an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole between the sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e. As a train passes overhead, reflected infra-red light triggers the module and causes the semaphore signal to operate automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Semaphore Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIn its default mode, the semaphore signal normally remains at \u003cstrong\u003eDanger\u003c\/strong\u003e. When an approaching train crosses the sensor, the DAP1-NS changes the signal to \u003cstrong\u003eClear\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once the complete train has passed and the programmed delay has expired, the signal automatically returns to Danger. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGaps between individual carriages are ignored using an adjustable train-clear timer. The default train-clear time is \u003cstrong\u003e4 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the default final delay before returning the signal is \u003cstrong\u003e5 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both can be changed if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDapol Semaphore Signal Connection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe DAP1-NS has four terminals:\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGND:\u003c\/strong\u003e AC supply connection or negative connection when using DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACIN\/V+:\u003c\/strong\u003e AC supply connection or positive connection when using DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSW1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects to one of the signal's yellow wires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSW2:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects to the other yellow signal wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two yellow wires can be connected to SW1 and SW2 either way around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustable Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eAlthough no programming is required for normal operation, the DAP1-NS allows several settings to be customised to suit the layout.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003etrain-clear time\u003c\/strong\u003e can be adjusted from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 255 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the final delay before returning the signal can also be changed. Infra-red sensitivity is factory set to 5 and can be adjusted from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 10\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9–12V DC or 12–16V AC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible Dapol semaphore signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrain detection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in infra-red reflection sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum sensor gap between sleepers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 2mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four wires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC supply is preferred\u003c\/strong\u003e when available. When using DC with the Dapol signal, the positive supply should connect to the signal's red wire for its lamp to illuminate correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, signal wiring, programming, sensitivity adjustment and troubleshooting, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1SAP9hQd-tHzAMd_iFGBwLp-jX61dR0LV\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"DAP1NS\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826195018073,"sku":null,"price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/dap1-ns-semaphore-switcher-for-dapol-signals-1251495937.jpg?v=1785343692"},{"product_id":"sdcc1-hp","title":"SDCC1-HP High Power DCC Model Railway Shuttle Controller with Station Stops","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling SDCC1-HP is a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-power automatic DCC model railway shuttle controller with station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to run a single DCC locomotive backwards and forwards with \u003cstrong\u003erealistic acceleration and deceleration\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its built-in DCC command station and speed control allow automatic operation \u003cstrong\u003ewithout a separate DCC controller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt each end of the shuttle line, the locomotive is detected as it enters an isolated track section. The SDCC1-HP automatically slows the train to a stop, waits for the selected period and then accelerates it away in the opposite direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne or more \u003cstrong\u003eintermediate station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e can also be added. As the locomotive enters a station section, it automatically decelerates, waits and then accelerates away in the same direction. This allows realistic automatic operation of terminus-to-terminus services with intermediate stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDCC1-HP can also be configured for \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous loop operation with station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing a locomotive to travel continuously around a loop while automatically stopping at one or more stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a track output of up to \u003cstrong\u003e1.5A\u003c\/strong\u003e, the SDCC1-HP is the higher-power version of the SDCC1 and is designed for \u003cstrong\u003eOO\/HO and O gauge layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e where a greater track current is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically operates a single DCC locomotive backwards and forwards.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports one or more intermediate automatic station stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also operate a train continuously around a loop with station stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-power version providing up to 1.5A track output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in DCC command station and locomotive speed control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate DCC command station or speed controller required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRealistic acceleration and deceleration when starting and stopping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable locomotive speed using an on-board control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable waiting time at stations and the ends of the shuttle line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses isolated track sections for train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for OO\/HO and O gauge model railway layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and straightforward to connect and set up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDCC1-HP is a \u003cstrong\u003eself-contained mini DCC command station\u003c\/strong\u003e, combining automatic train control and locomotive speed control in a single module. This provides a straightforward way of creating a higher-power automatic DCC shuttle without requiring a computer or separate DCC command station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBasic DCC Shuttle Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_163043.jpg?v=1789313531\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor basic shuttle operation, the track is divided into a main section and two isolated end sections. When the locomotive reaches either end section, the SDCC1-HP detects it, brings it to a controlled stop, waits for the selected time and then sends it back in the opposite direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDCC Shuttle with Station Stop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_163130.jpg?v=1789313531\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional isolated sections can be created for \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e. As the locomotive enters a station section, it decelerates to a stop, waits for the selected period and then accelerates away in the same direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLoop Operation with Station Stops\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_163149.jpg?v=1789313531\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDCC1-HP can also operate a locomotive continuously around a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway loop with one or more automatic station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the train to stop, wait for the selected period and then continue around the loop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and Waiting Time Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_163103.jpg?v=1789313531\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn-board \u003cstrong\u003eSPEED\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eTIME\u003c\/strong\u003e adjustments allow the locomotive speed and waiting time to be set directly on the SDCC1-HP, making it easy to adjust automatic operation to suit the locomotive and layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDCC Locomotive Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe SDCC1-HP is designed to operate a \u003cstrong\u003esingle DCC-equipped locomotive\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides up to \u003cstrong\u003e1.5A output to the track\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for locomotives requiring more current than the standard SDCC1 can provide.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shuttle track must be a \u003cstrong\u003eseparate, electrically isolated section of the layout\u003c\/strong\u003e and must not be connected simultaneously to another DCC command station or speed controller. This isolation requirement is explicit in the SDCC1 operating design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum track output:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in DCC command station\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayout suitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e OO\/HO and O gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrack requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated isolated shuttle section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailed information on installation, wiring connections, locomotive setup, programming and troubleshooting, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"SDCC1HP\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1jA_FufaihfeMv6IQNGNs68UPBWBNDg3X\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826286178649,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/sdcc1-hp-dcc-shuttle-for-o-gauge-1249063989.jpg?v=1784050096"},{"product_id":"rev2","title":"REV2 Universal DC\/DCC Model Railway Autoreverser with Points Control","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-8 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"fbskMG_root markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full light markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling REV2 is a \u003cstrong\u003euniversal DC, DCC and Hornby™ HM7000 model railway autoreverser with automatic points control\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003ereversing loops and other reversing sections\u003c\/strong\u003e. It uses infra-red train detection to automatically switch track polarity before the train reaches the relevant track section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike conventional short-circuit-based autoreversers, the REV2 uses \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red train detection sensors\u003c\/strong\u003e to detect an approaching locomotive before it reaches the relevant track section. The module then \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically switches the track polarity\u003c\/strong\u003e as required, allowing the train to continue without manual intervention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REV2 can also \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically operate a solenoid point motor\u003c\/strong\u003e at the same time as changing the track polarity. This makes it particularly useful for fully automated reversing loops, where the points and track polarity can be set together as a train approaches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts ability to work with \u003cstrong\u003econventional DC, DCC and Hornby™ HM7000 track power\u003c\/strong\u003e makes the REV2 a flexible solution for a wide variety of model railway layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic track polarity switching for reversing loops and complex track arrangements.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with conventional DC, DCC and Hornby™ HM7000 systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfra-red train detection switches polarity before the train reaches the conflicting section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic control of compatible solenoid point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for single loops, double loops and central reversing sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports automatic train routing without manual switching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifferent wiring configurations available for DC, DCC and HM7000 layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo supplied infra-red sensors for automatic train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional sensors can be used for bi-directional central reversing sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor detection range up to approximately 25mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional external LEDs can indicate normal and reverse point states.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional push-button inputs for manual point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive-second sensor clearing period helps prevent repeated point switching while a train passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemembers the previous point and polarity state when powered back on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReverse-polarity protected power input.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for a wide range of model railway scales including TT120, OO and HO.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDC, DCC \u0026amp; Hornby™ HM7000 Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOne of the main advantages of the REV2 is its ability to operate with \u003cstrong\u003eseveral different model railway control systems\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eConventional DC\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOn a traditional \u003cstrong\u003eDC layout\u003c\/strong\u003e, the REV2 maintains the appropriate track polarity for the direction in which the locomotive is travelling. When a train approaches a section with opposing polarity, the REV2 detects it using the \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red sensors\u003c\/strong\u003e and corrects the track polarity ahead of the locomotive.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDCC\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOn \u003cstrong\u003eDCC layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e, the REV2 can switch the track feeds as required without affecting normal decoder operation. DCC locomotive decoders adapt to the changed track feed, allowing the polarity to be switched while locomotives are operating.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHornby™ HM7000\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV2 is compatible with \u003cstrong\u003eHM7000 locomotives operating with either a DCC track supply or a 15V DC track supply and Bluetooth\/App control\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact wiring arrangement required depends on the type of track power being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Points \u0026amp; Polarity Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIn addition to changing track polarity, the REV2 can \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically operate a solenoid point motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a train is detected by \u003cstrong\u003eSensor 1\u003c\/strong\u003e, the module operates the points to the NORM position and sets the corresponding track polarity. When \u003cstrong\u003eSensor 2\u003c\/strong\u003e detects a train, the points are operated to the REV position and the track feed is switched to reverse polarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis allows the \u003cstrong\u003epoints and track polarity to be coordinated automatically\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it possible for a train to travel around a reversing loop and rejoin the main line without the operator manually changing either the points or track polarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTypical Layout Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV2 supports several different reversing arrangements, with the appropriate wiring depending on the layout and whether \u003cstrong\u003eDC, DCC or Hornby™ HM7000 track power\u003c\/strong\u003e is being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSingle Reversing Loop\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eA single reversing loop can be \u003cstrong\u003ecompletely automated using the REV2\u003c\/strong\u003e. Infra-red sensors detect the train as it travels around the loop, allowing the module to automatically set both the points and the required track polarity.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the primary wiring arrangement, the track outside the loop has its polarity controlled by the REV2. This configuration can be used with \u003cstrong\u003eDC, DCC and Hornby™ HM7000 layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/1.jpg?v=1784050816\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis arrangement allows the REV2 to \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically operate the points and control track polarity\u003c\/strong\u003e as the train enters and leaves the reversing loop.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor DCC and HM7000 layouts, an alternative arrangement is also available where the polarity of the loop itself is changed rather than the main layout. \u003cstrong\u003eThis alternative is not suitable for conventional DC locomotives.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDouble Reversing Loops\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV2 can also automate layouts with a \u003cstrong\u003ereversing loop at each end\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne sensor is positioned on each loop and the locomotives travel around the loops in a predetermined direction. The direction can be altered by changing the point motor wiring and repositioning the sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary arrangement controls the polarity outside the loops and is suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eDC, DCC and Hornby™ HM7000\u003c\/strong\u003e. An alternative configuration for non-DC layouts can instead switch the polarity of the loops themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCentral Reversing Section - Bi-Directional\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV2 can control a \u003cstrong\u003ecentral reversing section on DCC and Hornby™ HM7000 layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing trains to travel through the reversing section in either direction.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional sensors ensure that a train approaching either end of the reversing section is detected before reaching a track gap. The REV2 then automatically changes the track polarity as required so the train can continue without creating a polarity conflict.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/2.jpg?v=1784050878\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe section between the \u003cstrong\u003etwo central sensors must be longer than the longest train\u003c\/strong\u003e that will use the layout. \u003cstrong\u003eAdditional sensors are required\u003c\/strong\u003e for this bi-directional arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdditional Layout Wiring Diagrams\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REV2 instruction manual also includes wiring diagrams for \u003cstrong\u003ealternative single-loop and double-loop configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e, as well as a unidirectional central reversing section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV2 uses compact \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red sensors containing both an emitter and detector\u003c\/strong\u003e. The sensor reflects infra-red light from passing rolling stock, allowing the module to detect the train without requiring mechanical switches or additional electrical connections to the rails.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensors are normally installed beneath the track bed but can also be mounted alongside the track. Detection range is up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25mm from the face of the sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter a train is detected, another detection is prevented until the sensor has been clear for \u003cstrong\u003efive seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. This helps prevent repeated points operation while the remainder of the same train is still passing over the sensor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSensor Wiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eCorrect sensor connection is important for reliable operation of the REV2.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSensor 1 connects to terminals A1, C1 and G1\u003c\/strong\u003e, while \u003cstrong\u003eSensor 2 connects to A2, C2 and G2\u003c\/strong\u003e. The sensor wires can be extended where required using suitable small-gauge cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-01_185255.png?v=1788285206\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis diagram identifies the \u003cstrong\u003eemitter and detector connections\u003c\/strong\u003e and the correct orientation of the supplied infra-red sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSensor Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe infra-red sensors are normally installed \u003cstrong\u003ebelow the track bed\u003c\/strong\u003e so that they detect reflected infra-red light from passing locomotives and rolling stock.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be mounted through an approximately \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole in the baseboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. Alternatively, the sensors can be positioned alongside the track where this is more convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum detection range is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25mm from the face of the sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/3.jpg?v=1779968285\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/4.jpg?v=1779968285\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Push Buttons \u0026amp; External LEDs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eExternal LEDs can be connected to the \u003cstrong\u003eLED1 and LED2 terminals\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide additional indication of the point setting.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLED1 indicates the NORM points output\u003c\/strong\u003e, while \u003cstrong\u003eLED2 indicates the REV points output\u003c\/strong\u003e. The LEDs remain illuminated between point operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional push buttons can also be connected to \u003cstrong\u003ePB1 and PB2\u003c\/strong\u003e. Pressing PB1 operates the NORM points output, while PB2 operates the REV points output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis provides a convenient way to \u003cstrong\u003emanually operate the points when required while retaining the REV2's automatic functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePower Supply Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHM7000 Supply Option:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15V DC HM7000 track supply when applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Power Supply Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A to 2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModule Current Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 0.5A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Input Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reverse-polarity protected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrain Controller Accessory Outputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Do not use unsuitable accessory outputs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen using \u003cstrong\u003eHornby™ HM7000 with a 15V DC track supply\u003c\/strong\u003e, the same 15V DC supply can also be used to power the REV2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eseparate regulated supply is recommended for other installations\u003c\/strong\u003e. Auxiliary accessory outputs from conventional train controllers may be insufficiently regulated and could result in unreliable operation or damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor complete installation instructions, all supported layout wiring arrangements, sensor connections, setup information and troubleshooting guidance, please download the latest REV2 instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"REV2\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1aCZyRfV8PSKJ-W1u0qglcxvGnkdVuDqF\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826308854105,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/rev2-autoreverser-dc-dcc-1249064002.jpg?v=1784049853"},{"product_id":"frog1","title":"FROGmini DCC Model Railway Automatic Frog Juicer","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling FROGmini is a \u003cstrong\u003eDCC model railway automatic frog juicer\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to automatically switch the polarity of live frogs on points and turnouts for smooth, reliable running.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIt eliminates the need to use microswitches, point-motor contacts or other mechanical methods of changing frog polarity. The FROGmini monitors the current flowing to the frog and automatically selects the correct polarity as a locomotive passes through the points. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIf a locomotive encounters the frog with the incorrect polarity, the FROGmini detects the resulting short circuit and rapidly switches the frog to the opposite polarity. The correction takes place quickly enough that the rest of the DCC system is unaffected. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically switches live frog polarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for DCC model railway layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid-state design for extremely fast switching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetects a short circuit within approximately 5 microseconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoves the short circuit within approximately 1–2 milliseconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps provide smooth running through live-frog points and turnouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo mechanical moving parts or switch contacts to wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEliminates the need for microswitches or auxiliary point-motor contacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetects double-short conditions that could otherwise shut down the DCC booster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically retries after a persistent short circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED indications show module operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple three-terminal connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eAutomatic Frog Polarity Switching\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe frog can be at either polarity as a locomotive approaches the points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIf the polarity is already correct, the locomotive simply passes through normally. If the polarity is incorrect, the locomotive's wheel pickups create a brief short circuit as they contact the frog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe FROGmini detects this short circuit within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5 microseconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, removes it within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 milliseconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, reverses the frog polarity and restores power. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis all happens automatically without the operator needing to manually select or control the frog polarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eSimple DCC Connection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe FROGmini has just three connections: \u003cstrong\u003eT1, F and T2\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eT1 and T2 connect to the DCC track or power bus, while the centre F terminal connects to the frog. It does not matter which DCC rail or bus wire is connected to T1 or T2, as the module automatically selects the appropriate feed for the frog. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_230717.jpg?v=1789510061\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe diagram above also shows the typical modifications required when using an electrofrog point, including insulated rail joiners, removal of the appropriate wire bonds and installation of new links.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eShort-Circuit Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIf a short circuit occurs between both rails and the frog, the FROGmini cuts power to the frog for approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e before automatically attempting to restore it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIf the short remains, the module continues attempting to reapply power at 5-second intervals until the short circuit has been cleared. This prevents the fault at the frog from continuously short-circuiting the DCC feed. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe FROGmini is designed \u003cstrong\u003eexclusively for DCC layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e and requires sufficient current from the DCC system to detect the brief short circuit used to determine when the frog polarity needs changing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl System:\u003c\/strong\u003e DCC only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Current Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.7A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Scale:\u003c\/strong\u003e OO\/HO and smaller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC Layouts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not compatible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHornby HM7000 Bluetooth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not compatible when operating as a Bluetooth\/DC system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe manual specifies that a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e1.7A is necessary for short-circuit detection\u003c\/strong\u003e and that the module is suitable for OO\/HO scale and below. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eImportant Point Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen using electrofrog points, modifications to the point may be necessary to correctly isolate and power the frog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe manual specifies the typical arrangement using insulated rail joiners beyond the frog, isolating the frog from the appropriate rails and adding new electrical links to maintain power to the remaining rails. The frog feed is then connected directly to the FROGmini. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eAlways check the requirements of your particular point or turnout before modifying it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor detailed information on point modifications, installation, wiring and operation, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1bfXwWGfL31DMz0Vw-OSAxEEQNVgTzip6\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"FROG1\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826331791705,"sku":null,"price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/frogmini-frog-juicer-for-points-turnouts-1249063934.jpg?v=1784045113"},{"product_id":"ppi4-k","title":"PPI4-K KATO Model Railway Points Position Indicator - 8 Points","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling PPI4-K is a \u003cstrong\u003eKATO model railway points position indicator\u003c\/strong\u003e that monitors up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of polarity-reversing points\u003c\/strong\u003e and displays their last operated position using LEDs on a control panel or route mimic.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eDesigned specifically for point systems where the motor direction is changed by \u003cstrong\u003ereversing the polarity of the supply\u003c\/strong\u003e, the PPI4-K monitors each switching operation and automatically updates the corresponding red or green panel LED. This makes it particularly suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eKATO 2-wire points\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe module provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 monitoring inputs for up to 8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each detected change is automatically stored in memory, so when power is switched off and restored, the panel LEDs return to their previously recorded states.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for KATO and other suitable polarity-reversing point systems.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitors up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides 16 points-monitoring inputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplays the last operated point position using control-panel LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically remembers point positions when power is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpto-isolated points-monitoring inputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for control panels and model railway route mimic boards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports separate red and green indication LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with suitable common-anode dual-colour LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan automatically control compatible 2-aspect signal LEDs from point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports both DC and suitable AC KATO point-control arrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional programming with no programming required for normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED lamp test function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a regulated 12V DC power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKATO Points Position Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4-K monitors the \u003cstrong\u003epolarity of the voltage across each pair of inputs\u003c\/strong\u003e. The polarity indicates which direction the associated point has most recently been operated.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor example, if I1 is more positive than I2, one indication LED is illuminated. Reversing the polarity so that I2 is more positive than I1 switches the indication to the other LED. Only the most recently selected position remains indicated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDC KATO Points Wiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_125900.jpg?v=1789473579\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"\"\u003eWhen KATO points are operated from a DC supply, a \u003cstrong\u003edouble-pole (ON)-OFF-(ON) spring-return switch\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used to reverse the polarity supplied to the point motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-K monitors this polarity change and uses it to determine which panel indication should be displayed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAC KATO Points Wiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_125848.jpg?v=1789473583\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-K can also be used where KATO points are operated from an \u003cstrong\u003eAC supply using diodes to separate the positive and negative halves of the AC waveform\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIn this arrangement, the point switch selects the positive or negative cycle relative to the common supply connection, allowing the PPI4-K to determine the selected point direction. The manual specifies \u003cstrong\u003e1N4001 diodes\u003c\/strong\u003e for this arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Position Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eEvery time the PPI4-K detects a change in point position, the new state is automatically stored in memory.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen power is switched off and subsequently restored, the LED outputs automatically return to their \u003cstrong\u003elast recorded positions\u003c\/strong\u003e, so the control panel retains the previous route indications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControl Panel LED Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eRed and green LEDs can be fitted to a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway control panel or route mimic\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide a clear visual indication of the last operated position of each set of points.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach LED must be fitted with a \u003cstrong\u003e1kΩ series resistor\u003c\/strong\u003e and connected with the correct polarity. Reversing an LED can cause it to illuminate very brightly and fail, and may also damage the PPI4-K. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eSuitable \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode three-leg dual-colour LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e can also be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2-Aspect Signal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_125831.jpg?v=1789473797\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-K can also automatically operate suitable \u003cstrong\u003e2-aspect model railway signals\u003c\/strong\u003e according to the selected point route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eA red and green LED can be wired so that the signals indicate which route through the points is clear. For this application, the individual anode and cathode connections of the signal LEDs must be accessible; signal heads with a shared common anode or cathode are not suitable for this particular arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Wiring Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eHigh-current point-motor wiring can interfere with the low-power wiring used for the indication LEDs.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen constructing a control panel, the manual recommends keeping the \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-power point-switch wiring separate from the low-power LED wiring\u003c\/strong\u003e, both within the control panel and between the panel and PPI4-K.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated 12V DC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Less than 25mA with all 16 LEDs illuminated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints input voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5V typical minimum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum points input voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25V DC \/ 24V AC half-wave.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical points input current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1mA with 12V input.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of monitoring inputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED series resistor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kΩ per LED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50mm × 100mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThese figures are from the specification section of the manual. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-K should be powered from a \u003cstrong\u003eregulated 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. The manual recommends a supply rated between \u003cstrong\u003e0.25A and 1A\u003c\/strong\u003e and warns against using unsuitable accessory outputs from train controllers because they may not provide sufficiently smooth or stable power. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eA compatible regulated power supply is available separately: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/psu2\" title=\"PSU2\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePSU2 12V DC 1A Model Railway Power Supply\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailed information on installation, wiring connections, and troubleshooting, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1WQ6eZvHb8_SqM04zCOsTPFLjMoSzCxW1\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"PPI4K\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826348339545,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi4-k-kato-model-railway-points-position-indicator-8-points-1263683561.jpg?v=1792510574"},{"product_id":"ppi4","title":"PPI4-DC Model Railway Points Position Indicator - 8 Points","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling PPI4 is a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway points position indicator\u003c\/strong\u003e that monitors up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e and displays their last operated position using LEDs on a control panel or mimic board.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a set of points is operated, the PPI4 detects the brief positive switching voltage applied to the point motor and automatically updates the corresponding LED indication. Only the LED representing the most recently selected position remains illuminated, providing a \u003cstrong\u003eclear visual indication of the last point operation\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PPI4 provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 opto-isolated input channels\u003c\/strong\u003e for monitoring up to eight pairs of point positions. Input states are automatically stored in memory, so when power is switched off and restored, the panel LEDs \u003cstrong\u003ereturn to their previously recorded states\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for model railway control panels and mimic boards, the PPI4 also includes \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable LED brightness\u003c\/strong\u003e and built-in diagnostic LEDs to assist with installation and troubleshooting. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitors up to 8 sets of points.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 points-monitoring input channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplays the last operated point position using control-panel LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically remembers point positions when power is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpto-isolated points inputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts points-monitoring voltages from +5V to +25V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in input and output diagnostic LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for control panels and model railway mimic boards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports red and green route indication LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with suitable dual-colour LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used to automatically control compatible 2-aspect signal LEDs from point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 3-way points with suitable additional wiring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional programming - no programming required for normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED lamp test function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Position Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4 monitors the brief switching voltage applied when a point motor is operated.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set of points uses a pair of inputs. When one input receives a positive switching pulse, its associated panel LED is selected and the other LED in that pair is switched off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis means the control panel continues to show the \u003cstrong\u003elast operated position of each set of points\u003c\/strong\u003e, even though the electrical pulse used to operate the point motor lasts only briefly. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi1_3de51863-2e50-4051-959f-051d9127ea75.png?v=1784038397\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diagram shows a typical PPI4 installation, with the module monitoring the point motor switching circuit and displaying the \u003cstrong\u003elast operated position using LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e on the control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonitoring Up to 8 Sets of Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4 provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 input channels (I1–I16)\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to monitor up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach input controls the corresponding LED indication, making the PPI4 particularly useful for larger control panels where the operator needs to see the last selected route at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Position Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eEach time the PPI4 detects a change in point position, the new state is \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically stored in memory\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf power to the layout or PPI4 is switched off, the stored positions are retained. When power is restored, the LED outputs automatically return to their \u003cstrong\u003elast recorded condition\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControl Panel LED Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eRed and green LEDs can be installed on a \u003cstrong\u003eroute mimic or model railway control panel\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide a clear indication of the last operated position of each set of points.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach LED requires a \u003cstrong\u003e1kΩ series resistor\u003c\/strong\u003e and must be connected with the correct polarity. Incorrectly connecting the LEDs in reverse can cause them to fail and may damage the PPI4. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi1.jpg?v=1789056353\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe diagram shows the correct connection of the red and green panel LEDs. Each LED must be fitted with a \u003cstrong\u003e1kΩ series resistor\u003c\/strong\u003e and connected with the correct polarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PPI4 can also be used with suitable \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode three-leg dual-colour LEDs with built-in resistors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2-Aspect Signal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4 can also be incorporated into suitable \u003cstrong\u003e2-aspect model railway signal arrangements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy wiring red and green LEDs appropriately, signals can automatically indicate which route through the points is clear. For this arrangement, the signal LED connections must be individually accessible rather than using a common-anode or common-cathode signal head. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi2_6e73b8e9-da8a-4505-b161-130e870c0b0a.jpg?v=1789056498\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arrangement allows a pair of red and green signal LEDs to \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically indicate which route through the points is clear\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull wiring information is provided in the instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe standard PPI4 is designed for point-control systems where the point motor coil \u003cstrong\u003ecommon is connected to ground (negative\/common GND)\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe opto-isolated inputs accept positive switching voltages from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e+5V to +25V\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen using \u003cstrong\u003esolenoid point motors, a Capacitor Discharge Unit (CDU) must be used\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent damage to the PPI4. Points directly powered from an AC supply must not be connected directly to the PPI4. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Kato points, BLOCKsignalling also produces a dedicated \u003cstrong\u003ePPI4-K\u003c\/strong\u003e version. The standard PPI4 can be used with Kato and Cobalt points using the additional wiring arrangements shown in the instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiagnostic LEDs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eBuilt-in LEDs provide useful information during installation and troubleshooting.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe red \u003cstrong\u003euP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e indicates that the microprocessor is operating, while the yellow \u003cstrong\u003eIP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e flashes when a point operation is detected. Changes to the stored point position are also indicated by the module during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Current Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50mA with all panel LEDs illuminated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Power Supply Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25A to 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Input Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e +5V to +25V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Inputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 8 sets of points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Series Resistor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kΩ per LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Input Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Opto-isolated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint Motor Common:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ground \/ negative common\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PPI4 should be powered from a \u003cstrong\u003eregulated 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not power it from an unsuitable auxiliary accessory output on a train controller, as these outputs may not provide a sufficiently smooth or stable supply. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible regulated power supply is available separately: \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" class=\"decorated-link\" href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/psu2\"\u003ePSU2 12V DC 1A Model Railway Power Supply\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor complete installation instructions, LED wiring, points connections, programming, additional applications and troubleshooting guidance, please download the latest PPI4 instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1t_b-w5tl0T0sU7gvp58Au60SzOzamCzE\/view?usp=drive_link\" title=\"PPI4\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826360103257,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi4-dc-points-position-indicator-1249064105.jpg?v=1784049675"},{"product_id":"det8","title":"DET8 8-Channel Model Railway Train Detector","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling DET8 is an \u003cstrong\u003e8-channel model railway train detector using photocell sensors\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to monitor the presence and position of trains across multiple sections of a layout.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe supplied photoelectric sensors are installed beneath the track and detect when ambient light is obstructed by a train passing or standing above them. The DET8 then operates control-panel LEDs to provide a clear visual indication of train presence. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWith \u003cstrong\u003e8 independent detection channels\u003c\/strong\u003e, multiple operating modes and adjustable timing, the DET8 can be used for everything from simple occupancy indication to precise locomotive positioning and entry\/exit detection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 independent train detection channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses photocell sensors installed beneath the track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetects passing or stationary trains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrives control-panel LEDs to indicate train presence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated reference sensor compensates for changes in ambient lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstantaneous train detection mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-second timeout mode helps ignore gaps between carriages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable common timeout for selected channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually adjustable timeout for each channel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChannels can be paired for entry and exit detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional grouped and reset detection modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetection states can be remembered in applicable operating modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable detection sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifferent channels can use different operating modes simultaneously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple screw-terminal connections with no soldering required at the module.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a regulated 12V DC power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003e8-Channel Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe DET8 provides \u003cstrong\u003e8 separate detection channels\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing multiple areas of a model railway to be monitored from a single module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach track sensor is positioned beneath the track so that a train passing overhead reduces the amount of ambient light reaching it. The DET8 detects this change and switches the corresponding LED indication. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_225922.jpg?v=1789509581\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eA ninth photocell is used as a \u003cstrong\u003ereference sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e. This monitors the normal background light level and allows the module to automatically adjust the detection threshold of the individual channels as lighting conditions change. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eControl Panel LED Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach detection channel can operate LEDs on a control panel or mimic board, providing a clear indication of whether a train is present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eRed and green LEDs can be connected so that the indication changes as a train covers or uncovers the corresponding sensor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach standard LED requires a \u003cstrong\u003e1kΩ series resistor\u003c\/strong\u003e. Pre-wired LEDs designed for 5V or 12V operation can also be used. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_230018.jpg?v=1789509639\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe diagram shows the complete connection arrangement when all eight detection channels are used, including the photocell sensors, reference sensor, control-panel LEDs and 12V DC power supply. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eFlexible Detection Modes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe DET8 provides several programmable operating modes, allowing individual channels to be configured for different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIn the default \u003cstrong\u003einstantaneous mode\u003c\/strong\u003e, the indication changes as soon as a train covers the sensor and returns when the sensor is uncovered. This is particularly useful where the exact position of a locomotive or item of rolling stock needs to be shown. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_230057.jpg?v=1789509685\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e4-second timeout mode\u003c\/strong\u003e is also available. When the train moves away from the sensor, the indication remains active for four seconds before resetting. This helps prevent gaps between individual carriages being interpreted as the train having left the detection area. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eVariable and individually adjustable timeout modes are also provided, allowing a common delay to be applied to several channels or different delays to be configured for individual channels. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eEntry \u0026amp; Exit Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eChannels can be paired to detect a train \u003cstrong\u003eentering and leaving a section of track\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIn the flip-flop operating mode, one sensor can set the occupancy indication when a train enters the section and a second sensor can reset it when the train leaves. The last state is remembered even if power is removed. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis allows the DET8 to indicate occupancy of a longer section even when the train is no longer directly above the entry sensor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eReference Light Compensation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eBecause the DET8 detects trains using ambient light, a dedicated \u003cstrong\u003ereference sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e is used to improve reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe reference sensor monitors the general background lighting and automatically adjusts the detection thresholds of the track sensors to compensate for changing light levels. A PCB adjustment is also provided for fine-tuning sensitivity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe photocell sensors require ambient light to operate and \u003cstrong\u003ewill not operate in complete darkness\u003c\/strong\u003e. All sensors should therefore experience approximately the same general lighting conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eReplacement Photocells\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eReplacement photocell sensors are available separately for the DET8, making it easy to replace damaged sensors or keep spares available for your layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/photocell-pack-of-10\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Photocells\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eReplacement DET8 Photocells - Pack of 10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe DET8 is suitable for train detection throughout a model railway layout, including \u003cstrong\u003esidings, platforms, storage tracks, control-panel occupancy indication and areas requiring precise train positioning\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe instantaneous detection mode is particularly useful for positioning a train accurately during \u003cstrong\u003ecoupling and uncoupling\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the paired-channel modes can be used to monitor trains entering and leaving longer sections of track. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated 12V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Current Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 0.25A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Power Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A to 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection Channels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ambient-light photocell sensors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference Sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated Channel 9 reference photocell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Resistors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kΩ series resistor required for standard LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe DET8 should not be powered from the auxiliary accessory terminals of a train controller, as these outputs may not provide sufficiently smooth or stable power and could cause unpredictable operation or damage. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor detailed information on installation, wiring, programming and troubleshooting, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1QiwQWtu-Hlz-9vLmpBXuB1w4x8gWMkQ-\/view?usp=sharinghttps:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1QiwQWtu-Hlz-9vLmpBXuB1w4x8gWMkQ-\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"DET8\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826367082841,"sku":null,"price":26.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/det8-train-detector-8-channel-1251604286.jpg?v=1785433873"},{"product_id":"k-adapt","title":"K-ADAPT 2-Wire to 3-Wire Model Railway Points Motor Adaptor","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling K-ADAPT is a \u003cstrong\u003e2-wire to 3-wire model railway points motor adaptor\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing 2-wire point motors such as KATO, Circuitron Tortoise, Cobalt IP and Fulgurex to be operated from BLOCKsignalling modules designed for conventional 3-wire point motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis makes it possible to use 2-wire point motors with controllers normally intended for Seep, Gaugemaster, Peco, Hornby and similar 3-wire point motors. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe K-ADAPT converts the controller's common-positive, switched-ground outputs into the reversing-polarity output required by compatible 2-wire point motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConverts 3-wire points control outputs for use with compatible 2-wire point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for KATO 2-wire point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Circuitron Tortoise, Cobalt IP and Fulgurex motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows 2-wire motors to be used with compatible BLOCKsignalling points controllers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with BLOCKsignalling IRP1, PTS1, L1, REV2 and IRP2-NS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConverts common-positive, switched-ground control into reversing-polarity operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in one, two and four adaptor sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual adaptor sections can be snapped apart when required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-current configuration available for suitable stall-type point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact screw-terminal design for straightforward installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKATO Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe K-ADAPT is particularly useful for connecting \u003cstrong\u003eKATO 2-wire points\u003c\/strong\u003e to controllers designed for conventional 3-wire point motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen one control input is switched to ground, the K-ADAPT provides one polarity across its A and B outputs. When the other input is switched, the polarity is reversed, allowing the KATO point motor to move in the opposite direction. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-21_181917.jpg?v=1790011254\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe diagram above shows a typical KATO installation and how the K-ADAPT converts the conventional points-control output into the reversing-polarity supply required by the 2-wire motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eCompatible BLOCKsignalling Modules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe K-ADAPT can be used with compatible BLOCKsignalling modules designed to operate conventional 3-wire point motors, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/rev2\" title=\"REV2\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eREV2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/pts1\" title=\"PTS1\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePTS1\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/l1\" title=\"L1\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eL1\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/irp1\" title=\"IRP1\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eIRP1\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/irp2-ns\" title=\"IRP2NS\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eIRP2-NS\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThese controllers use a positive common output and switch their NORM and REV outputs to ground, which is the operating arrangement required by the K-ADAPT. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eControllers from other manufacturers may use a similar arrangement, but their output configuration should be checked before connecting the K-ADAPT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eImportant Information for KATO Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eKATO point motors should only be powered briefly. The internal coil continues to apply force to the point blades for as long as power is supplied and can be damaged through overheating if power is applied for too long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen using a compatible BLOCKsignalling controller with KATO points, the point operating time should be programmed to a \u003cstrong\u003emaximum of 250ms\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eLow-Current Point Motors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe K-ADAPT can also be configured for lower-current 2-wire point motors, including typical stall motors drawing less than approximately \u003cstrong\u003e250mA\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe manual describes a modification to the adaptor that changes its operation for these motors. When using a stall-type motor, the connected controller must also allow the point operating duration to be set appropriately, as these motors may require several seconds to complete their movement. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-21_182029.jpg?v=1790011253\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eExamples shown in the manual include Circuitron Tortoise, Cobalt IP and Fulgurex point motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eAvailable Sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe K-ADAPT is supplied as one unit containing four connected adaptor sections, allowing up to four 2-wire point motors to be connected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individual sections can be snapped apart if fewer than four adaptors are required, allowing each section to be used independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor detailed information on installation, KATO points wiring and configuration for low-current point motors, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"KADPT\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1rTemIuFfO6vkK7eRyfVfUtF8SBLHHybG\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826429669721,"sku":null,"price":12.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/k-adapt-2-wire-to-3-wire-model-railway-points-motor-adaptor-1263683559.jpg?v=1792510514"},{"product_id":"dap2-g","title":"DAP2-G Automatic Model Railway Junction Semaphore Signal Controller","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling DAP2-G is an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic model railway junction semaphore signal controller for Dapol motorised junction signals\u003c\/strong\u003e, operating the appropriate signal arm according to the route set by the points.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe module monitors the most recent operation of the point motor to determine whether the route is set straight or diverging. It then detects an approaching train by monitoring track current in a short isolated section and automatically clears the appropriate signal arm. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eOnce the train has cleared the detection section, the signal automatically returns to danger after an adjustable delay, providing realistic hands-free operation on both \u003cstrong\u003eDC and DCC model railway layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically controls Dapol motorised junction semaphore signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelects the appropriate signal arm according to the points position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetects approaching trains by monitoring track current.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for both DC and DCC track detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with facing (diverging) and trailing (converging) points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically returns the signal to danger after the train has passed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependently adjustable clear times for straight and diverging routes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable signal operating pulse duration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitors point motor operation to determine the selected route.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports common-negative and common-positive point motor arrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan monitor compatible 2-wire point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan alternatively monitor an auxiliary switch on the point motor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll inputs and outputs are electrically isolated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperates from a regulated 12V DC power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied ready to operate with default settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eAutomatic Junction Signal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe DAP2-G is designed for junction signals with \u003cstrong\u003etwo signal arms\u003c\/strong\u003e. It remembers the most recent movement of the points to determine whether the route is set for the straight or diverging line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen an approaching train is detected in the isolated track section, the DAP2-G automatically operates the signal arm corresponding to the selected route. After the train leaves the detection section, the controller waits for the programmed period before returning the signal to danger. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis means the signal indication automatically follows both the \u003cstrong\u003eselected route and the presence of an approaching train\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eFacing \/ Diverging Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor a facing junction, the DAP2-G uses a single isolated detection section before the points. The selected signal arm is determined by the last detected movement of the point motor. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-21_183553.jpg?v=1790012231\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor DC layouts, the isolated section is formed in the right-hand rail as viewed by the driver approaching the junction. On DCC layouts, either rail can be used for the isolated section. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eTrailing \/ Converging Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe DAP2-G can also be used with converging points. In this arrangement, \u003cstrong\u003etwo isolated detection sections\u003c\/strong\u003e are used, allowing approaching trains to be detected from either route. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-21_183620.jpg?v=1790012231\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eRegardless of which detection section is triggered, the signal operated is determined by the most recently detected position of the points. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003ePoints Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe DAP2-G \u003cstrong\u003edoes not drive the point motor itself\u003c\/strong\u003e. Instead, it monitors the electrical operation of the points to determine their position. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIt supports several common arrangements, including conventional common-negative point motors, common-positive arrangements typically found with DCC accessory decoders, and compatible 2-wire point motors such as Kato, Tortoise, Fulgurex and Cobalt. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-21_183635.jpg?v=1790012232\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen monitoring a 2-wire point motor, \u003cstrong\u003etwo 1kΩ 0.25W resistors are required\u003c\/strong\u003e as shown in the manual. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eAn auxiliary switch fitted to a point motor can also be used to provide the points-position information to the DAP2-G.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eDC \u0026amp; DCC Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eTrain detection is achieved by monitoring current in a short isolated section of track immediately before the junction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eOn a \u003cstrong\u003eDC layout\u003c\/strong\u003e, a locomotive will normally only be detected while it is moving and drawing current. On a \u003cstrong\u003eDCC layout\u003c\/strong\u003e, locomotives will generally continue drawing sufficient current while stationary to remain detected. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe isolated section can normally be relatively short — just longer than the locomotive — because it acts primarily as the trigger for the automatic signal sequence. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eAdjustable Signal Timing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe DAP2-G is supplied ready to operate without additional programming, but several settings can be adjusted to suit the layout. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe signal operating pulse can be adjusted from \u003cstrong\u003e0.1 to 5 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. The amount of time that the straight and diverging signals remain clear can also be programmed independently from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 240 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis allows the signal operation to be tailored to different junction arrangements, train speeds and signal mechanisms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Current Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10mA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Power Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25A to 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrain Detection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Track-current detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrack Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DC or DCC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal Operating Pulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable from 0.1 to 5 seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal Clear Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Independently adjustable from 1 to 240 seconds for each route.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eA regulated plug-top 12V DC supply should be used. The module should not be powered from the auxiliary accessory output of a train controller, as these outputs may not provide sufficiently smooth or stable power. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDapol motorised junction signal is not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe DAP2-G monitors point operation but does not drive the point motor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn isolated track detection section is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe module must be powered when the points are operated in order to recognise and remember their position. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor detailed information on installation, wiring, programming and troubleshooting, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1YSTLV69eESdgCFM0k2qRfUsodXa66cUp\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"DAP2G\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826438975833,"sku":null,"price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/dap2-g-semaphore-signal-controller-for-dapol-servo-gantry-signals-1249064291.png?v=1784049073"},{"product_id":"psu2","title":"PSU2 12V DC 1A Model Railway Power Supply","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling PSU2 is a \u003cstrong\u003eregulated 12V DC 1A model railway power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e providing up to \u003cstrong\u003e12W output\u003c\/strong\u003e for BLOCKsignalling modules and other compatible \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC model railway electronics and accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PSU2 provides a regulated \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC output at up to 1A\u003c\/strong\u003e and is fitted with a standard \u003cstrong\u003e5.5mm × 2.1mm centre-positive DC plug\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for powering a wide range of compatible model railway electronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe compact plug-top design incorporates a fixed \u003cstrong\u003eUK Type G mains plug\u003c\/strong\u003e and accepts a universal \u003cstrong\u003e90–264V AC input\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a convenient dedicated power supply for model railway control modules and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eBuilt-in \u003cstrong\u003eover-voltage, over-current and short-circuit protection\u003c\/strong\u003e helps protect the power supply and connected equipment in the event of a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegulated 12V DC output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum output current of 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum output power of 12W.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for model railway electronics and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with a range of BLOCKsignalling modules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.5mm × 2.1mm centre-positive DC plug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2000mm output lead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed UK Type G mains plug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal 90–264V AC input.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-voltage protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-current protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort-circuit protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUKCA, CE and RoHS certified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEN 62368-1 safety approved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeets Efficiency Level VI requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eElectrical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC regulated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Output Current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Output Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12W.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90–264V AC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50–60Hz.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput Connector:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5mm × 2.1mm DC plug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Centre positive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Load Current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.01A (10mA).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMains Plug:\u003c\/strong\u003e UK Type G.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eCompatible BLOCKsignalling Modules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PSU2 is suitable for powering a range of BLOCKsignalling products requiring a \u003cstrong\u003eregulated 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/ss2a\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS2A DC Model Railway Shuttle Controller\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/sdcc1\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSDCC1 DCC Shuttle Controller\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/sdcc1-hp\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSDCC1-HP High Power DCC Shuttle Controller\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/sas2-br\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSAS2-BR Automatic Shuttle Controller\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/psu4-module\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePSU4 Power Distribution Module\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIt can also be used with other compatible \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC model railway electronics and accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e, provided their voltage, current, polarity and connector requirements are suitable.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eConnection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PSU2 is supplied with a standard \u003cstrong\u003e5.5mm × 2.1mm centre-positive DC plug\u003c\/strong\u003e for direct connection to compatible equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhere a module or installation requires bare-wire connections, a suitable DC socket adaptor or connection arrangement can be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PSU2 incorporates protection against common electrical fault conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-voltage protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-current protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort-circuit protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic recovery following removal of the applicable fault condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eSafety \u0026amp; Compliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e UKCA, CE and RoHS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Approval:\u003c\/strong\u003e EN 62368-1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficiency:\u003c\/strong\u003e Level VI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0°C to +40°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Humidity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–90%.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56826478788953,"sku":null,"price":12.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/psu2-12v-dc-1a-model-railway-power-supply-1258335527.jpg?v=1789062074"},{"product_id":"cdu2c-fc","title":"CDU2C-FC Fast Charging Model Railway Capacitor Discharge Unit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling CDU2C-FC is a \u003cstrong\u003efast-charging capacitor discharge unit (CDU) for model railway points motors\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003elarger layouts, multiple points and longer wiring runs\u003c\/strong\u003e. It provides a powerful, short-duration current pulse for reliable operation of solenoid point motors while helping protect the motors, switches and layout power supply. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU stores electrical energy in its capacitors and releases it as a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-current pulse\u003c\/strong\u003e when a point switch is operated. This provides a strong, positive movement of the point motor without requiring the layout power supply itself to deliver the full switching current. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the high-current pulse has finished before the switch contacts open, electrical arcing across the contacts is greatly reduced. If a switch is accidentally held in the operated position, the CDU limits the subsequent current through the point motor, helping protect its coils from overheating and damage. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003efast-charging design recharges in a fraction of a second\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the CDU2C-FC particularly suitable where several points need to be operated in quick succession. This rapid charging is achieved without requiring a larger power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast-charging capacitor discharge unit for model railway points motors.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a high-current pulse for strong and reliable point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for larger layouts and multiple points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable where point motors are located some distance from the controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps protect point motors from overheating and burn-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces electrical arcing and damage to switch contacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent voltage fluctuations elsewhere on the layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecharges in a fraction of a second for rapid successive point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan operate multiple points simultaneously when the layout wiring and power supply are suitable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in Charging and Ready LED indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with common twin-solenoid model railway point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts either AC or DC power supplies.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFast Charging\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eA conventional CDU can take around a second to recharge after operating a point. The CDU2C-FC uses a \u003cstrong\u003efast-charging circuit\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows it to recharge in a fraction of a second, which is particularly useful when several points need to be switched rapidly or in succession. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the CDU2C-FC a good choice for \u003cstrong\u003emedium to large model railway layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly where multiple point motors may need to operate together or where longer wiring runs are involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Status Indicators\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTwo built-in LEDs provide a clear indication of the CDU's operating state:\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Charging LED:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminates briefly while the capacitors are charging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Ready LED:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminates when the capacitors have charged to over 15V and the CDU is ready for operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese indicators make it easy to confirm that the power supply is connected correctly and that sufficient charge is available for point operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/SS2A_Wiring_10ffa72d-e8fd-4643-8600-6a8496b93f88.png?v=1776955580\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU is connected between the layout power supply and the point operating switch. The negative CDU output is normally connected to the \u003cstrong\u003ecommon connection of the point motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, with the remaining connections operated through the point switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWiring Multiple Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/SS2A_Wiring_1_15bc9c58-da26-4bba-afeb-adddc922d3f3.png?v=1776955581\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMultiple sets of points can be connected to the CDU by paralleling the common connections to the switches and point motors. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of points that can be operated simultaneously depends on factors including the point motors, wiring length and conductor size, supply voltage and power-supply capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePower Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V to 24V AC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15V to 35V DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input polarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not polarity sensitive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended wiring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1.5mm² for high-current point motor wiring where appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU can be powered from a suitable dedicated supply or from a compatible auxiliary output on a model railway controller. A \u003cstrong\u003e16V AC auxiliary output\u003c\/strong\u003e is a common option. When using DC, the input does not need to be connected with a particular polarity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fast-charge operation, the manual specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e1A power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoint Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe CDU2C-FC is intended for conventional \u003cstrong\u003etwin-solenoid model railway point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e operated by short electrical pulses.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manual specifically discusses \u003cstrong\u003eHornby and Peco point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e, as well as Hornby R044 and Peco PL-26 passing-contact switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich CDU Do I Need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor compact layouts where only one or two points need to operate at the same time, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu1c-fc\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"CDU1C\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eCDU1C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/a\u003e will normally be sufficient.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCDU2C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e is the better choice for larger layouts where several points may need to operate simultaneously or where point motors are further from the controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor maximum capacity and future expansion, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu4c-fc\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"CDU4C\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eCDU4C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/a\u003e provides the highest storage capacity in the range. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, wiring diagrams and troubleshooting guidance, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"CDU2C\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1dTz6OcwaOWfFueNjfRYOGV_-InSIuGMN\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56860613312857,"sku":null,"price":12.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/cdu2c-fc-fast-charge-capacitor-discharge-unit-1249063968.jpg?v=1784048957"},{"product_id":"cdu1c-fc","title":"CDU1C-FC Fast Charging Model Railway Capacitor Discharge Unit","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling CDU1C-FC is a \u003cstrong\u003efast-charging capacitor discharge unit (CDU) for model railway points motors\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003esmaller layouts and straightforward point-motor installations\u003c\/strong\u003e. It provides a powerful, short-duration current pulse for reliable operation of conventional twin-solenoid point motors while helping protect the motors, switches and layout power supply.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU stores electrical energy in its capacitor and releases it as a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-current pulse\u003c\/strong\u003e when a point switch is operated. This provides strong, positive movement of the point motor without requiring the layout power supply itself to provide the full switching current. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the high-current pulse has finished before the switch contacts open, electrical arcing across the contacts is greatly reduced. If a switch is accidentally held in the operated position, the CDU limits the subsequent current through the point motor, helping protect its coils from overheating and damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast-charging CDU for model railway points motors.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-capacitor design ideal for smaller layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a high-current pulse for strong and reliable point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps protect solenoid point motors from overheating and burn-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces electrical arcing and damage to switch contacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent voltage fluctuations elsewhere on the layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecharges in a fraction of a second for rapid point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in yellow Charging and red Ready LED indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with conventional twin-solenoid model railway point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts either AC or DC power supplies.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFast Charging\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe CDU1C-FC uses a \u003cstrong\u003efast-charging circuit\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows the capacitor to recharge in a fraction of a second. This provides quicker recovery between point operations and can also be beneficial when using passing-contact point switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Status Indicators\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTwo built-in LEDs provide a clear indication of the CDU's operating state:\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Charging LED:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminates briefly while the capacitor is charging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Ready LED:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminates when charging is complete and the capacitor has charged to over 15V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese indicators make it easy to confirm that the power supply is connected correctly and that the CDU has sufficient charge available for point operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-14_173418.jpg?v=1789403696\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU is connected between the layout power supply and the point operating switch. The negative CDU output is generally connected to the \u003cstrong\u003ecommon connection of the point motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, with the remaining point-motor connections operated through the route switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWiring Multiple Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-14_173430.jpg?v=1789403696\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eA single CDU1C-FC can be connected to multiple sets of points. The common wiring is simply paralleled between the switches and point motors as shown in the instructions. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU1C-FC is the smallest-capacity model in the range, so if you need to operate several point motors simultaneously, one of the larger CDU models may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePower Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V to 24V AC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15V to 35V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input polarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not polarity sensitive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical high-current wiring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1.5mm² (16 AWG \/ 18 SWG) where appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e16V AC auxiliary output\u003c\/strong\u003e from a suitable model railway controller is a common power source. Suitable DC supplies can also be used, and the DC input does not need to be connected with a particular polarity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fast-charge operation, the instructions specify a \u003cstrong\u003e1A power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. Adequately sized wiring is also important because point motors require substantial current during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoint Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe CDU1C-FC is designed for conventional \u003cstrong\u003etwin-solenoid model railway point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e operated using short electrical pulses.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe instructions specifically cover \u003cstrong\u003eHornby and Peco point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e. Hornby point motors normally use the black wire as the common connection, while Peco point motors normally use green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich CDU Do I Need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor compact layouts where only one or two points need to operate at the same time, the \u003cstrong\u003eCDU1C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most suitable choice.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger layouts where several points may need to operate simultaneously or where point motors are further from the controller, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu4c-fc\" title=\"CDU2CFC\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCDU2C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/a\u003e provides greater storage capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor large layouts, demanding point-motor installations or maximum capacity for future expansion, choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu4c-fc\" title=\"CDU4C\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCDU4C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailed installation instructions, wiring diagrams and troubleshooting guidance, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"CDU2C\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1dTz6OcwaOWfFueNjfRYOGV_-InSIuGMN\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56860629762393,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/cdu1c-fast-charge-capacitor-discharge-unit-1257659394.jpg?v=1788981852"},{"product_id":"cdu4c-fc","title":"CDU4C-FC High Capacity Fast Charging Model Railway Capacitor Discharge Unit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling CDU4C-FC is a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-capacity fast-charging capacitor discharge unit (CDU) for model railway points motors\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003elarge layouts, multiple points and demanding point-motor installations\u003c\/strong\u003e. It provides a powerful, short-duration current pulse for reliable operation of solenoid point motors while helping protect the motors, switches and layout power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU stores electrical energy in its capacitors and releases it as a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-current pulse\u003c\/strong\u003e when a point switch is operated. This provides strong, positive movement of the point motor without requiring the layout power supply itself to deliver the full switching current. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the high-current pulse has finished before the switch contacts open, electrical arcing across the contacts is greatly reduced. If a switch is accidentally held in the operated position, the CDU limits the subsequent current through the point motor, helping protect its coils from overheating and damage. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003efast-charging design recharges in a fraction of a second\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the CDU4C-FC particularly suitable where several points need to be operated in quick succession. This rapid charging is achieved without requiring a larger power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity fast-charging capacitor discharge unit for model railway points motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a high-current pulse for strong and reliable point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for large layouts and multiple point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable where point motors are located some distance from the controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps protect point motors from overheating and burn-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces electrical arcing and damage to switch contacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent voltage fluctuations elsewhere on the layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecharges in a fraction of a second for rapid successive point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for operating multiple points when the layout wiring and power supply are appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in Discharged and Ready LED indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnection for an optional remote Ready LED on a control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with conventional twin-solenoid model railway point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts either AC or DC power supplies.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFast Charging\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eConventional capacitor discharge units can take around a second to recharge after operating a point. The CDU4C-FC uses a \u003cstrong\u003efast-charging circuit\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows it to recharge in a fraction of a second, which is particularly useful when several points need to be switched rapidly or in succession.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the CDU4C-FC particularly suitable for \u003cstrong\u003elarge model railway layouts, complex pointwork and applications where several point motors may need to operate together\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fast-charging system achieves its rapid recovery without requiring a larger power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Status Indicators\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo built-in LEDs provide a clear indication of the CDU's operating state:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Discharged LED:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminates while the CDU is discharged and remains illuminated while the point switch is operated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Ready LED:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminates when charging is complete and the capacitors have charged to over 15V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese indicators make it easy to confirm that the power supply is connected correctly and that sufficient charge is available for point operation. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU4C-FC also provides terminals for an \u003cstrong\u003eoptional remote Ready LED\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the charged status to be displayed on a model railway control panel. A suitable series resistor is already incorporated into the CDU for this connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-14_171318.jpg?v=1789402413\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU is connected between the layout power supply and the point operating switch. The negative CDU output is normally connected to the \u003cstrong\u003ecommon connection of the point motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, with the remaining point-motor connections operated through the point switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optional remote Ready LED can also be connected to provide a convenient indication on the control panel when the CDU is fully charged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePower Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V to 24V AC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15V to 35V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input polarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not polarity sensitive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical high-current wiring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1.5mm² (16 AWG \/ 18 SWG) where appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU can be powered from a suitable dedicated supply or a compatible auxiliary output on a model railway controller. A \u003cstrong\u003e16V AC auxiliary output\u003c\/strong\u003e is a common option. Suitable DC supplies can also be used and, when using DC, the input does not need to be connected with a particular polarity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fast-charge operation, a \u003cstrong\u003e1A power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e is required. Adequately sized wiring is also important because point motors require high current during operation, particularly when several points are operated together or are located some distance from the CDU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoint Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe CDU4C-FC is intended for conventional \u003cstrong\u003etwin-solenoid model railway point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e operated by short electrical pulses.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manual specifically covers \u003cstrong\u003eHornby and Peco point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e. For Hornby point motors the common wire is normally black, while for Peco point motors the common wire is normally green. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePassing-contact switches can also be used. The manual discusses both \u003cstrong\u003eHornby R044 and Peco PL-26 passing-contact switches\u003c\/strong\u003e. When using a Hornby R044, it may be necessary to pause briefly around the centre position to allow the CDU to recharge as the lever is moved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich CDU Do I Need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor compact layouts where only one or two points need to operate at the same time, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu1c-fc\" title=\"CDU1C-FC\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCDU1C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/a\u003e will normally be sufficient.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger layouts where several points may need to operate simultaneously or where point motors are further from the controller, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu2c-fc\" title=\"CDU2CFC\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCDU2C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/a\u003e provides greater storage capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCDU4C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e provides the highest storage capacity in the range, making it the best choice for large layouts, demanding point-motor installations and maximum capacity for future expansion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu4c-fc-led\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"CDU4CFCLED\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eCDU4C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit with Ready LED\u003c\/a\u003e is also available, supplied with a remote LED for mounting on your control panel to indicate when the CDU is fully charged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, wiring diagrams and troubleshooting guidance, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"CDU4F\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1bngowK7JPPuBlO4N79ggLMHQhTSQOv0F\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56860636283225,"sku":null,"price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/cdu4f-fast-charging-capacitor-discharge-unit-1249063962.jpg?v=1784048654"},{"product_id":"ppi5","title":"PPI5 DCC Model Railway Points Position Indicator - 8 Points","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling PPI5 is a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway points position indicator for DCC accessory decoders and common-positive point-control systems\u003c\/strong\u003e, monitoring up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e and displaying their last operated position using LEDs on a control panel or route mimic.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI5 is designed for systems where the \u003cstrong\u003epoint motor has a positive common connection\u003c\/strong\u003e, as commonly used with DCC accessory decoders. When the points are operated, the module detects the switching signal and automatically updates the corresponding LED indication. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe module provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 input channels for monitoring up to 8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e. Only the LED representing the most recently operated position remains illuminated, providing a clear indication of the last selected route. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach change is automatically stored in memory, so when power is switched off and restored, the panel LEDs return to their previously recorded states.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitors up to 8 sets of points.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides 16 points-monitoring input channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for common-positive point-control systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for use with suitable DCC accessory decoders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplays the last operated point position using control-panel LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically remembers point positions when power is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo external resistors required for standard individual LED connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpto-isolated points-monitoring inputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in input and memory diagnostic LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for model railway control panels and route mimic boards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports alternative red and green LED arrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with suitable common-anode dual-colour LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional programming with no programming required for normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED lamp test function.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Position Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI5 monitors the switching signals applied to the point motor and uses them to determine the \u003cstrong\u003elast operated position\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach set of points uses a pair of inputs. When one input is activated, its associated indication LED is selected and the other LED in the pair is switched off. The selected indication remains displayed until the points are operated in the opposite direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDCC Accessory Decoder Wiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/PPI5_Diagram1.png?v=1776428484\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI5 is particularly suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eDCC accessory decoders with a common-positive point-motor connection\u003c\/strong\u003e. The module monitors the point-motor outputs while allowing the accessory decoder to continue operating the points normally. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe diagram shows the connections for one set of points. Connections to the PPI5 can normally be made at the control panel to minimise wiring lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Switches \u0026amp; CDU Wiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_131714.jpg?v=1789474703\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg\u003eThe PPI5 can also be used with \u003cstrong\u003econventional points switches and a Capacitor Discharge Unit (CDU)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen using this arrangement, a \u003cstrong\u003eCDU must be used to prevent damage to the PPI5\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the PPI5 and CDU should use separate power supplies. The point-motor common connection must be positive for the PPI5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControl Panel LED Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eRed and green LEDs can be installed on a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway control panel or route mimic\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide a clear visual indication of the last operated position of each set of points.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor the standard individual LED arrangement, \u003cstrong\u003eexternal series resistors are not required\u003c\/strong\u003e, as LED brightness is controlled by the PPI5's microprocessor. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe LEDs must be connected with the correct polarity. Incorrectly connecting them in reverse can cause the LEDs to illuminate very brightly, fail and potentially damage the PPI5. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eAlternative arrangements using two LEDs per output or \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode three-wire dual-colour LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e are also supported. These alternative arrangements require resistors, typically around \u003cstrong\u003e1kΩ\u003c\/strong\u003e, to balance the red and green LED brightness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Position Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eEach time the PPI5 detects a change in point position, the new state is automatically stored in memory.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen the module is switched off and subsequently powered again, the LED outputs automatically return to their \u003cstrong\u003elast recorded positions\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiagnostic LEDs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eBuilt-in diagnostic LEDs provide useful information during installation and operation.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe yellow \u003cstrong\u003eIP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e flashes whenever a point operation is detected. The red \u003cstrong\u003euP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e indicates that the microprocessor is operating and flashes when a changed point position is recorded in memory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Wiring Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eKeep the \u003cstrong\u003econtrol-panel LED wiring separate from the high-current point-motor wiring\u003c\/strong\u003e. This helps prevent interference from the points wiring affecting the low-level LED signals and reduces the risk of damage to the PPI5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated 12V DC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical current consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 0.25A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A to 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of inputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Opto-isolated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint-control configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common positive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard LED resistors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI5 should be powered from a suitable \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC plug-top power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. The manual advises against using unsuitable auxiliary outputs from train controllers, as these may not provide sufficiently smooth or stable power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor complete installation instructions, DCC accessory decoder connections, conventional points wiring, LED arrangements, programming and troubleshooting guidance, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"PPI5DCC\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/119J0PvOPpeZBQPef0j-AbGlkxBhanpbc\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eUser Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56860660007257,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi5-dcc-model-railway-points-position-indicator-8-points-1261273783.jpg?v=1791295837"},{"product_id":"ppi4-5mm-led","title":"PPI4-DC Model Railway Points Position Indicator + Wired 5mm Red \u0026 Green LEDs","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling PPI4-DC is a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway points position indicator supplied with wired 5mm red and green LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, monitoring up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e and displaying their last operated position on a control panel or mimic board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen a set of points is operated, the PPI4-DC detects the brief positive switching voltage applied to the point motor and automatically updates the corresponding LED indication. Only the LED representing the most recently selected position remains illuminated, providing a \u003cstrong\u003eclear visual indication of the last point operation\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis version is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003ewired 5mm red and green LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it ideal for building a model railway control panel or route mimic without having to source the indication LEDs separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 opto-isolated input channels\u003c\/strong\u003e for monitoring up to eight pairs of point positions. Input states are automatically stored in memory, so when power is switched off and restored, the panel LEDs \u003cstrong\u003ereturn to their previously recorded states\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eDesigned for model railway control panels and mimic boards, the PPI4-DC also includes \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable LED brightness\u003c\/strong\u003e and built-in diagnostic LEDs to assist with installation and troubleshooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitors up to 8 sets of points.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 points-monitoring input channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with wired 5mm red and green LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplays the last operated point position using control-panel LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically remembers point positions when power is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpto-isolated points inputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts points-monitoring voltages from +5V to +25V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in input and output diagnostic LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for control panels and model railway mimic boards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports red and green route indication LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with suitable dual-colour LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used to automatically control compatible 2-aspect signal LEDs from point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 3-way points with suitable additional wiring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional programming – no programming required for normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED lamp test function.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eWired 5mm Red \u0026amp; Green LEDs Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis version is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003ewired 5mm red and green LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e for mounting directly into a control panel or route mimic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe LEDs provide a clear visual indication of the last operated position of each set of points, making it easy to see the selected routes across the layout from the control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Position Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC monitors the brief switching voltage applied when a point motor is operated.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach set of points uses a pair of inputs. When one input receives a positive switching pulse, its associated panel LED is selected and the other LED in that pair is switched off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis means the control panel continues to show the \u003cstrong\u003elast operated position of each set of points\u003c\/strong\u003e, even though the electrical pulse used to operate the point motor lasts only briefly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi1_3de51863-2e50-4051-959f-051d9127ea75.png?v=1784038397\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diagram shows a typical PPI4 installation, with the module monitoring the point motor switching circuit and displaying the \u003cstrong\u003elast operated position using LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e on the control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonitoring Up to 8 Sets of Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4 provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 input channels (I1–I16)\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to monitor up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach input controls the corresponding LED indication, making the PPI4 particularly useful for larger control panels where the operator needs to see the last selected route at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Position Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eEach time the PPI4 detects a change in point position, the new state is \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically stored in memory\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf power to the layout or PPI4 is switched off, the stored positions are retained. When power is restored, the LED outputs automatically return to their \u003cstrong\u003elast recorded condition\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControl Panel LED Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe supplied wired 5mm red and green LEDs can be installed on a \u003cstrong\u003eroute mimic or model railway control panel\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide a clear indication of the last operated position of each set of points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi1.jpg?v=1789056353\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe diagram shows the correct connection of the red and green panel LEDs. The LEDs must be connected with the correct polarity.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC can also be used with suitable \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode three-leg dual-colour LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2-Aspect Signal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4 can also be incorporated into suitable \u003cstrong\u003e2-aspect model railway signal arrangements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy wiring red and green LEDs appropriately, signals can automatically indicate which route through the points is clear. For this arrangement, the signal LED connections must be individually accessible rather than using a common-anode or common-cathode signal head. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi2_6e73b8e9-da8a-4505-b161-130e870c0b0a.jpg?v=1789056498\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arrangement allows a pair of red and green signal LEDs to \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically indicate which route through the points is clear\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull wiring information is provided in the instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe standard PPI4 is designed for point-control systems where the point motor coil \u003cstrong\u003ecommon is connected to ground (negative\/common GND)\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe opto-isolated inputs accept positive switching voltages from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e+5V to +25V\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen using \u003cstrong\u003esolenoid point motors, a Capacitor Discharge Unit (CDU) must be used\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent damage to the PPI4. Points directly powered from an AC supply must not be connected directly to the PPI4. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Kato points, BLOCKsignalling also produces a dedicated \u003cstrong\u003ePPI4-K\u003c\/strong\u003e version. The standard PPI4 can be used with Kato and Cobalt points using the additional wiring arrangements shown in the instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiagnostic LEDs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eBuilt-in LEDs provide useful information during installation and troubleshooting.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe red \u003cstrong\u003euP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e indicates that the microprocessor is operating, while the yellow \u003cstrong\u003eIP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e flashes when a point operation is detected. Changes to the stored point position are also indicated by the module during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated 12V DC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Current Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50mA with all panel LEDs illuminated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Power Supply Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25A to 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Input Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e +5V to +25V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Inputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Input Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Opto-isolated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint Motor Common:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ground \/ negative common.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC should be powered from a \u003cstrong\u003eregulated 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not power it from an unsuitable auxiliary accessory output on a train controller, as these outputs may not provide a sufficiently smooth or stable supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible regulated power supply is available separately: \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" class=\"decorated-link\" href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/psu2\"\u003ePSU2 12V DC 1A Model Railway Power Supply\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor complete installation instructions, LED wiring, points connections, programming, additional applications and troubleshooting guidance, please download the latest PPI4 instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1t_b-w5tl0T0sU7gvp58Au60SzOzamCzE\/view?usp=drive_link\" title=\"PPI4\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56860725084505,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi4-dc-points-position-indicator-wired-5mm-leds-red-green-1251599364.jpg?v=1785425113"},{"product_id":"ppi4-dualcolour-led","title":"PPI4-DC Model Railway Points Position Indicator + Red \u0026 Green Dual-Colour LEDs","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling PPI4-DC is a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway points position indicator supplied with red\/green dual-colour LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, monitoring up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e and displaying their last operated position on a control panel or mimic board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen a set of points is operated, the PPI4-DC detects the brief positive switching voltage applied to the point motor and automatically updates the corresponding LED indication. Only the colour representing the most recently selected position remains illuminated, providing a \u003cstrong\u003eclear visual indication of the last point operation\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis version is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode three-leg red\/green dual-colour LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing each set of points to be represented by a single LED that changes between red and green. This provides a particularly neat solution for model railway control panels and route mimics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 opto-isolated input channels\u003c\/strong\u003e for monitoring up to eight pairs of point positions. Input states are automatically stored in memory, so when power is switched off and restored, the panel LEDs return to their previously recorded states. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eDesigned for model railway control panels and mimic boards, the PPI4-DC also includes \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable LED brightness\u003c\/strong\u003e and built-in diagnostic LEDs to assist with installation and troubleshooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitors up to 8 sets of points.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 points-monitoring input channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with red\/green dual-colour LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne dual-colour LED can indicate both positions of each set of points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplays the last operated point position on a control panel or mimic board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically remembers point positions when power is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpto-isolated points inputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts points-monitoring voltages from +5V to +25V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in input and output diagnostic LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for control panels and model railway mimic boards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports red and green route indication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used to automatically control compatible 2-aspect signal LEDs from point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 3-way points with suitable additional wiring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional programming – no programming required for normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED lamp test function.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eDual-Colour Red \u0026amp; Green LEDs Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis version is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode three-leg red\/green dual-colour LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e for mounting directly into a control panel or route mimic.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach dual-colour LED can display either \u003cstrong\u003ered or green\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing a single panel LED to indicate both positions of a set of points. This reduces the number of individual LEDs required on the control panel and provides a neat, compact route indication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC manual includes a dedicated wiring arrangement for common-anode dual-colour LEDs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Position Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC monitors the brief switching voltage applied when a point motor is operated.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach set of points uses a pair of inputs. When one input receives a positive switching pulse, its associated indication is selected and the other indication for that pair is switched off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis means the control panel continues to show the \u003cstrong\u003elast operated position of each set of points\u003c\/strong\u003e, even though the electrical pulse used to operate the point motor lasts only briefly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi1_3de51863-2e50-4051-959f-051d9127ea75.png?v=1784038397\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diagram shows a typical PPI4-DC installation, with the module monitoring the point motor switching circuit and displaying the \u003cstrong\u003elast operated position\u003c\/strong\u003e on the control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonitoring Up to 8 Sets of Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 input channels (I1–I16)\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to monitor up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach pair of inputs controls the corresponding point-position indication, making the PPI4-DC particularly useful for larger control panels where the operator needs to see the last selected route at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Position Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eEach time the PPI4-DC detects a change in point position, the new state is \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically stored in memory\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIf power to the layout or PPI4-DC is switched off, the stored positions are retained. When power is restored, the LED outputs automatically return to their \u003cstrong\u003elast recorded condition\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDual-Colour LED Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe supplied dual-colour LEDs combine \u003cstrong\u003ered and green indication within a single three-leg LED\u003c\/strong\u003e, making them particularly suitable for compact control panels and mimic boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC is designed to work with the \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode three-leg type\u003c\/strong\u003e. The common anode connects to the appropriate A output, with the red and green connections connected to the corresponding C1- and C2- outputs. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_134745.jpg?v=1789476480\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe diagram shows how a \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode red\/green dual-colour LED\u003c\/strong\u003e is connected to the PPI4-DC, allowing a single panel LED to indicate both point positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2-Aspect Signal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC can also be incorporated into suitable \u003cstrong\u003e2-aspect model railway signal arrangements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eBy wiring red and green LEDs appropriately, signals can automatically indicate which route through the points is clear. For this arrangement, the signal LED connections must be individually accessible rather than using a common-anode or common-cathode signal head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi2_6e73b8e9-da8a-4505-b161-130e870c0b0a.jpg?v=1789056498\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis arrangement allows a pair of red and green signal LEDs to \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically indicate which route through the points is clear\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFull wiring information is provided in the instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC is designed for point-control systems where the point motor coil \u003cstrong\u003ecommon is connected to ground (negative\/common GND)\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe opto-isolated inputs accept positive switching voltages from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e+5V to +25V\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen using \u003cstrong\u003esolenoid point motors, a Capacitor Discharge Unit (CDU) must be used\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent damage to the PPI4-DC. Points directly powered from an AC supply must not be connected directly to the PPI4-DC. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor KATO points, BLOCKsignalling also produces a dedicated \u003cstrong\u003ePPI4-K\u003c\/strong\u003e version. The standard PPI4-DC can be used with KATO and Cobalt points using the additional wiring arrangements shown in the instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiagnostic LEDs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eBuilt-in LEDs provide useful information during installation and troubleshooting.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe red \u003cstrong\u003euP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e indicates that the microprocessor is operating, while the yellow \u003cstrong\u003eIP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e flashes when a point operation is detected. Changes to the stored point position are also indicated by the module during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated 12V DC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Current Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50mA with all panel LEDs illuminated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Power Supply Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25A to 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Input Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e +5V to +25V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Inputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Input Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Opto-isolated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint Motor Common:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ground \/ negative common.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC should be powered from a \u003cstrong\u003eregulated 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. A supply rated between 0.25A and 1A is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible regulated power supply is available separately: \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" class=\"decorated-link\" href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/psu2\"\u003ePSU2 12V DC 1A Model Railway Power Supply\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor complete installation instructions, dual-colour LED wiring, points connections, programming, additional applications and troubleshooting guidance, please download the latest PPI4 instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1t_b-w5tl0T0sU7gvp58Au60SzOzamCzE\/view?usp=drive_link\" title=\"PPI4\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56860725903705,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/LED_Bi_PPI4_Image_1_afd4398e-7375-4acf-83fe-636a264f32c7.jpg?v=1785426732"},{"product_id":"rev7k-4a","title":"REV7K-4A High Power 15V DC Model Railway Autoreverser - Hornby™ HM7000 Compatible","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling REV7K-4A is a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-power 15V DC model railway autoreverser\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003eHornby™ HM7000\u003c\/strong\u003e, reversing loops, wyes, turntables and other reversing sections. It provides fast automatic polarity switching for layouts using a \u003cstrong\u003econstant 15V DC track supply\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a train crosses into an isolated section where the rail polarity does not match the adjoining track, the REV7K-4A detects the resulting polarity mismatch and \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically reverses the polarity of the isolated section\u003c\/strong\u003e. This happens in a fraction of a second, preventing the short circuit from shutting down the layout and allowing the train to continue through the reversing section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REV7K-4A uses a \u003cstrong\u003efully solid-state design with no relays or moving parts\u003c\/strong\u003e. This provides extremely fast switching and avoids mechanical relay wear. \u003cstrong\u003eNo programming or adjustments are required\u003c\/strong\u003e - once correctly wired, the module operates automatically whenever a polarity mismatch is detected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAutomatically detects track polarity mismatches and reverses the isolated section.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for reversing loops, figure-of-eight layouts, wyes and turntables.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for constant 15V DC model railway layouts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with Hornby™ HM7000 when using a 15V DC track supply and Bluetooth locomotive control.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSolid-state electronic design with no relays or moving parts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUltra-fast polarity restoration in less than 25ms.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDetection time of up to 10µs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMicroprocessor controlled for fast and reliable operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo programming or adjustments required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-power design suitable for layouts using larger power supplies.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLED indicators show input polarity, output polarity, reversing state and fault conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAutomatic LOCKOUT protection for persistent track short circuits.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReverse-polarity protected input.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eDesigned to minimise interruptions to sound-equipped locomotives.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUltra-Fast Solid-State Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV7K-4A uses \u003cstrong\u003esolid-state electronics rather than mechanical relays\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to react extremely quickly when a polarity mismatch occurs.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module can detect a polarity mismatch in up to \u003cstrong\u003e10µs\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a maximum trip time of \u003cstrong\u003e250µs\u003c\/strong\u003e and polarity restoration completed within \u003cstrong\u003e25ms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the interruption to track power is so brief, sound-equipped locomotives will generally experience only a very short interruption. In many cases, a \u003cstrong\u003estay-alive may not be required simply to maintain continuous sound\u003c\/strong\u003e while crossing the reversing section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHornby HM7000 Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV7K-4A is designed for layouts where the track is supplied with a \u003cstrong\u003econstant 15V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e, including \u003cstrong\u003eHornby™ HM7000 layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e where compatible locomotive decoders are controlled using Bluetooth and the HM7000 App.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is \u003cstrong\u003enot suitable when HM7000 locomotives are being powered from a DCC command station\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eConnecting DCC to the REV7K-4A may damage the module.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor DCC layouts, use the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/rev1\" title=\"REV1\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eREV1 DCC Autoreverser\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor layouts requiring compatibility with variable DC, DCC or 15V DC, use the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/rev2\" title=\"REV2\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eREV2 Universal Autoreverser\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/rev2\" title=\"REV2\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Short-Circuit Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV7K-4A continuously monitors the isolated reversing section for \u003cstrong\u003epolarity mismatches and short circuits\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNormally, a detected mismatch is corrected simply by reversing the output polarity. If changing the polarity does not remove the short circuit – for example, because a locomotive has derailed – the module \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically switches off its output\u003c\/strong\u003e to protect itself and the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe red \u003cstrong\u003eLOCKOUT LED\u003c\/strong\u003e illuminates to indicate the fault. After approximately \u003cstrong\u003efive seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, the REV7K-4A attempts to restore power. If the short circuit remains, the output is switched off again and the process repeats until the fault has been removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Status \u0026amp; Diagnostics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA comprehensive set of on-board LEDs provides information about the operating state of the autoreverser.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe indicators show:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInput polarity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOutput polarity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNormal or inverted output state\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInternal power supply status\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDetection of a short circuit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLOCKOUT status if a persistent short circuit cannot be cleared\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThese indicators make it easier to confirm correct operation and diagnose wiring or track problems.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTypical Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003eThe REV7K-4A can be used anywhere an \u003cstrong\u003eisolated section of a 15V DC model railway\u003c\/strong\u003e needs its rail polarity automatically matched to the adjoining track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReversing Loops\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV7K-4A can \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically control the polarity of an isolated reversing loop\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing a train to enter and leave the loop without causing a short circuit.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reversing loop must be \u003cstrong\u003eisolated from the adjoining track using rail breaks\u003c\/strong\u003e as shown in the diagram below. When the train reaches a boundary where the rail polarity does not match, the REV7K-4A automatically switches the polarity of the loop so the train can continue onto the main layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/revse.jpg?v=1788283551\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFigure-of-Eight Layouts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003eAn \u003cstrong\u003eisolated section\u003c\/strong\u003e can be installed where the track arrangement creates opposing rail polarities. The autoreverser automatically switches this section as required, allowing trains to travel continuously around the figure-of-eight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurntables\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eturntable bridge track\u003c\/strong\u003e can be isolated from the approach tracks and powered through the REV7K-4A. The module then automatically corrects the bridge track polarity when required as a locomotive enters or leaves the turntable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWye Layouts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA wye creates a point where opposing rail polarities would otherwise connect and cause a permanent short circuit. By powering an \u003cstrong\u003eisolated section through the REV7K-4A\u003c\/strong\u003e, its polarity can be automatically changed as the train enters and leaves the section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eAdditional Wiring Diagrams\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eDetailed wiring diagrams for \u003cstrong\u003efigure-of-eight layouts, turntables and wyes\u003c\/strong\u003e are included in the REV7K-4A instruction manual.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIsolated Track Section\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe section of track connected to the REV7K-4A output must be \u003cstrong\u003ecompletely isolated from the adjoining track\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor reliable operation, the isolated reversing section should also be \u003cstrong\u003eat least as long as the longest train that will use it\u003c\/strong\u003e. This prevents a train from bridging both boundaries of the reversing section at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrack Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed 15V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned Operating Input Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15V to 18V DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Power Supply Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A to 8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Continuous Output Current Before Tripping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Trip Current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reverse-polarity protected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable DC:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not suitable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDCC Track Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not suitable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Module Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm × 40mm × 15mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Holes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3mm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REV7K-4A has an \u003cstrong\u003einternal current limit of approximately 1.5A\u003c\/strong\u003e, so using a higher-capacity power supply does not increase the current delivered through the module beyond its designed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWiring Diagram\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/R77.jpg?v=1790088511\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REV7K-4A is connected between the \u003cstrong\u003e15V DC track supply\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003ecompletely isolated section of track\u003c\/strong\u003e requiring automatic polarity reversal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, application-specific wiring diagrams, LED indications and troubleshooting information, please download the latest REV7K-4A instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1PMZ3MtRZ1JF2leL1m8oecsaLfj94TBZh\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"REV7K4A\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56866378219865,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/rev7k-4a-15v-dc-high-power-reverse-loop-module-hm7000-tt-120-compatible-1249064037.jpg?v=1784050277"},{"product_id":"ppi4-3mm-led","title":"PPI4-DC Model Railway Points Position Indicator + Wired 3mm Red \u0026 Green LEDs","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling PPI4-DC is a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway points position indicator supplied with wired 3mm red and green LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, monitoring up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e and displaying their last operated position on a control panel or mimic board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen a set of points is operated, the PPI4-DC detects the brief positive switching voltage applied to the point motor and automatically updates the corresponding LED indication. Only the LED representing the most recently selected position remains illuminated, providing a \u003cstrong\u003eclear visual indication of the last point operation\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis version is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003ewired 3mm red and green LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it ideal for building a model railway control panel or route mimic without having to source the indication LEDs separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 opto-isolated input channels\u003c\/strong\u003e for monitoring up to eight pairs of point positions. Input states are automatically stored in memory, so when power is switched off and restored, the panel LEDs \u003cstrong\u003ereturn to their previously recorded states\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eDesigned for model railway control panels and mimic boards, the PPI4-DC also includes \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable LED brightness\u003c\/strong\u003e and built-in diagnostic LEDs to assist with installation and troubleshooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitors up to 8 sets of points.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 points-monitoring input channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with wired 3mm red and green LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplays the last operated point position using control-panel LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically remembers point positions when power is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpto-isolated points inputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts points-monitoring voltages from +5V to +25V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in input and output diagnostic LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for control panels and model railway mimic boards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports red and green route indication LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with suitable dual-colour LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used to automatically control compatible 2-aspect signal LEDs from point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 3-way points with suitable additional wiring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional programming – no programming required for normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED lamp test function.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eWired 3mm Red \u0026amp; Green LEDs Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis version is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003ewired 3mm red and green LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e for mounting directly into a control panel or route mimic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe LEDs provide a clear visual indication of the last operated position of each set of points, making it easy to see the selected routes across the layout from the control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Position Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC monitors the brief switching voltage applied when a point motor is operated.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach set of points uses a pair of inputs. When one input receives a positive switching pulse, its associated panel LED is selected and the other LED in that pair is switched off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis means the control panel continues to show the \u003cstrong\u003elast operated position of each set of points\u003c\/strong\u003e, even though the electrical pulse used to operate the point motor lasts only briefly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi1_3de51863-2e50-4051-959f-051d9127ea75.png?v=1784038397\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diagram shows a typical PPI4 installation, with the module monitoring the point motor switching circuit and displaying the \u003cstrong\u003elast operated position using LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e on the control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonitoring Up to 8 Sets of Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4 provides \u003cstrong\u003e16 input channels (I1–I16)\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to monitor up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 sets of points\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach input controls the corresponding LED indication, making the PPI4 particularly useful for larger control panels where the operator needs to see the last selected route at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Position Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eEach time the PPI4 detects a change in point position, the new state is \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically stored in memory\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf power to the layout or PPI4 is switched off, the stored positions are retained. When power is restored, the LED outputs automatically return to their \u003cstrong\u003elast recorded condition\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControl Panel LED Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe supplied wired 3mm red and green LEDs can be installed on a \u003cstrong\u003eroute mimic or model railway control panel\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide a clear indication of the last operated position of each set of points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi1.jpg?v=1789056353\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe diagram shows the correct connection of the red and green panel LEDs. The LEDs must be connected with the correct polarity.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC can also be used with suitable \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode three-leg dual-colour LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2-Aspect Signal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PPI4 can also be incorporated into suitable \u003cstrong\u003e2-aspect model railway signal arrangements\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy wiring red and green LEDs appropriately, signals can automatically indicate which route through the points is clear. For this arrangement, the signal LED connections must be individually accessible rather than using a common-anode or common-cathode signal head. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi2_6e73b8e9-da8a-4505-b161-130e870c0b0a.jpg?v=1789056498\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arrangement allows a pair of red and green signal LEDs to \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically indicate which route through the points is clear\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull wiring information is provided in the instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoints Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe standard PPI4 is designed for point-control systems where the point motor coil \u003cstrong\u003ecommon is connected to ground (negative\/common GND)\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe opto-isolated inputs accept positive switching voltages from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e+5V to +25V\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen using \u003cstrong\u003esolenoid point motors, a Capacitor Discharge Unit (CDU) must be used\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent damage to the PPI4. Points directly powered from an AC supply must not be connected directly to the PPI4. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Kato points, BLOCKsignalling also produces a dedicated \u003cstrong\u003ePPI4-K\u003c\/strong\u003e version. The standard PPI4 can be used with Kato and Cobalt points using the additional wiring arrangements shown in the instruction manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiagnostic LEDs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eBuilt-in LEDs provide useful information during installation and troubleshooting.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe red \u003cstrong\u003euP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e indicates that the microprocessor is operating, while the yellow \u003cstrong\u003eIP LED\u003c\/strong\u003e flashes when a point operation is detected. Changes to the stored point position are also indicated by the module during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated 12V DC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Current Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50mA with all panel LEDs illuminated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Power Supply Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25A to 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Input Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e +5V to +25V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Inputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoints Input Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Opto-isolated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint Motor Common:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ground \/ negative common.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PPI4-DC should be powered from a \u003cstrong\u003eregulated 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not power it from an unsuitable auxiliary accessory output on a train controller, as these outputs may not provide a sufficiently smooth or stable supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible regulated power supply is available separately: \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" class=\"decorated-link\" href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/psu2\"\u003ePSU2 12V DC 1A Model Railway Power Supply\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor complete installation instructions, LED wiring, points connections, programming, additional applications and troubleshooting guidance, please download the latest PPI4 instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1t_b-w5tl0T0sU7gvp58Au60SzOzamCzE\/view?usp=drive_link\" title=\"PPI4\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56894416126297,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi4-dc-points-position-indicator-wired-3mm-leds-red-green-1251599363.jpg?v=1785424994"},{"product_id":"asp1-ns","title":"ASP1-NS Infra-Red Model Railway Signal Controller - 2, 3 \u0026 4 Aspect","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling ASP1-NS is a compact \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red model railway signal controller for 2-, 3- and 4-aspect common-cathode LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its \u003cstrong\u003ebuilt-in infra-red train sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e automatically detects passing trains and changes the connected signal through realistic signalling sequences, with no separate detector or track isolation required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensor projects invisible infra-red light upwards and detects reflections from the underside of passing rolling stock. Installation is straightforward: drill an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole between the sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e and insert the sensor from beneath the baseboard. Only a small gap is required between the sleepers, making the module suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eN gauge as well as larger scales\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring normal operation, the signal displays green. When a train passes over the sensor, the ASP1-NS automatically changes the signal to \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once the complete train has cleared the detector, the signal progresses back towards green, passing through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow and double yellow where appropriate\u003c\/strong\u003e for the selected signal type. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ASP1-NS also provides \u003cstrong\u003erealistic fading between signal aspects\u003c\/strong\u003e to simulate traditional filament lamps. Although the module operates automatically using its default settings, signal timings, detection release time, fade rates and LED brightness can all be adjusted if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic model railway signal control using infra-red train detection.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in infra-red sensor for simple installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 2-, 3- and 4-aspect LED signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for common-cathode (common-negative) signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically changes the signal to red when a train is detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically returns through the appropriate aspects to green after the train has passed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRealistic fading between signal aspects to simulate filament lamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable red, yellow and double-yellow timings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable detection release time to accommodate gaps between rolling stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness and aspect fade rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo soldering required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo programming required for normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED resistors mean external resistors are normally not required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for N gauge and larger model railway scales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a 12V DC power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2-, 3- and 4-Aspect Signal Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe ASP1-NS can operate \u003cstrong\u003e2-, 3- or 4-aspect signals\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is supplied programmed for 4-aspect operation and can be reprogrammed for signals with fewer aspects. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_154650.jpg?v=1789138042\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 2-aspect mode, the signal normally displays green. When a train is detected, it immediately changes to red and remains red while the sensor is occupied. After the train has cleared and the programmed release and red times have expired, the signal returns to green. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_154743.jpg?v=1789138094\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 3-aspect mode, the signal changes from green to red when a train is detected and subsequently progresses through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow and back to green\u003c\/strong\u003e after the train has cleared. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_154839.jpg?v=1789138150\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 4-aspect mode, the signal changes immediately to red when a train is detected. After the train has cleared, it progresses through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow, double yellow and then green\u003c\/strong\u003e according to the programmed timings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuilt-In Infra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eUnlike signal controllers that use a separate detector, the ASP1-NS has its \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red sensor built directly into the module\u003c\/strong\u003e. The controller is mounted beneath the track with the sensor positioned through an 8mm hole in the baseboard between the sleepers.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInvisible infra-red light is projected upwards, and passing trains trigger the controller automatically. The sensor requires only around a \u003cstrong\u003e2mm gap between the sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to be installed on N gauge layouts as well as larger scales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSignal Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe ASP1-NS is specifically designed for \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-cathode (common-negative) LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not suitable for bulb-based signals. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module provides the connections for red, yellow, green and second-yellow aspects. LED resistors are built into the controller, so external resistors are normally unnecessary. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon-anode signals are not compatible with the ASP1-NS.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Less than 10mA (0.01A)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A to 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common-cathode (common-negative) LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal aspects:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3 or 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in reflective infra-red sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaseboard mounting hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal LED resistors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Normally not required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany ASP1-NS modules can be powered from a single suitable \u003cstrong\u003e0.5A to 1A 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e due to the low current consumption of each controller. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not power the ASP1-NS from the auxiliary terminals of a train controller. The manual warns that these outputs may not provide sufficiently smooth or stable power and could cause unpredictable operation or damage. Reversing the polarity of a DC supply will not damage the module, but it will not operate until the polarity is corrected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor installation instructions, wiring guidance, operating details, programming information, and troubleshooting assistance, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1Jtap27A_-wycsoOay-mkquX5LTT3kLMs\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"ASP1NS\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56935712358745,"sku":null,"price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/asp1-ns-automatic-signal-control-1251584967.jpg?v=1785414133"},{"product_id":"led-5mm","title":"5mm Red \u0026 Green Pre-Wired LEDs - Pack of 16","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eA pack of \u003cstrong\u003e16 pre-wired 5mm LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, containing 8 red and 8 green LEDs for model railway control panels, mimic panels, points position indication and other layout applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe LEDs are supplied pre-wired for convenient installation and are suitable for operation from a \u003cstrong\u003e5V to 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach pack provides matching red and green indicators, making them particularly suitable for displaying the two positions of up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 16 pre-wired 5mm LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 8 red LEDs and 8 green LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 5V to 12V DC operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 150mm lead length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for model railway control panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for mimic panels and route indication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for points position indication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnough LEDs to indicate both positions of up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003ePPI4-DC Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThese LEDs are ideal for use with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/ppi4\" title=\"PPI4\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBLOCKsignalling PPI4-DC Model Railway Points Position Indicator\u003c\/a\u003e, providing separate red and green indications for up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 × Red and 8 × Green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5V to 12V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLead Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 150mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56935748174169,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi4-dc-points-position-indicator-wired-5mm-leds-red-green-1251599365.jpg?v=1785425054"},{"product_id":"led-3mm","title":"3mm Red \u0026 Green Pre-Wired LEDs - Pack of 16","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eA pack of \u003cstrong\u003e16 pre-wired 3mm LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, containing 8 red and 8 green LEDs for model railway control panels, mimic panels, points position indication and other layout applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eTheir compact \u003cstrong\u003e3mm size\u003c\/strong\u003e makes them particularly suitable for control panels where a smaller and more discreet indicator is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe LEDs are supplied pre-wired for convenient installation and are suitable for operation from a \u003cstrong\u003e5V to 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 16 pre-wired 3mm LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 8 red LEDs and 8 green LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact 3mm diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 5V to 12V DC operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 150mm lead length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for model railway control panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for mimic panels and route indication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for points position indication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnough LEDs to indicate both positions of up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003ePPI4-DC Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThese LEDs are ideal for use with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/ppi4\" title=\"PPI4\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBLOCKsignalling PPI4-DC Model Railway Points Position Indicator\u003c\/a\u003e, providing separate red and green indications for up to 8 sets of points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 × Red and 8 × Green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5V to 12V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLead Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 150mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56935752859993,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi4-dc-points-position-indicator-wired-3mm-leds-red-green-1251599362.jpg?v=1785425174"},{"product_id":"bicolour-led-5mm","title":"5mm Bi-Colour Red\/Green LEDs - Pack of 8","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eA pack of \u003cstrong\u003e8 pre-wired 5mm red\/green bi-colour LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, ideal for model railway control panels, mimic panels and points position indication.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eEach LED provides both red and green indication from a single 5mm LED and is wired as \u003cstrong\u003ecommon anode\u003c\/strong\u003e, with the black wire providing the common anode connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eBuilt-in resistors are fitted for each LED colour, allowing operation from a \u003cstrong\u003e5V to 12V DC supply\u003c\/strong\u003e without requiring additional series resistors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 8 pre-wired 5mm bi-colour LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed and green indication from a single LED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommon-anode configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack wire is the common anode connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistors fitted for both LED colours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 5V to 12V DC operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 150mm lead length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for model railway control and mimic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for points position indication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003ePPI4-DC Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThese LEDs are suitable for use with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/ppi4\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"PPI4\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eBLOCKsignalling PPI4-DC Model Railway Points Position Indicator\u003c\/a\u003e, allowing each point position to be displayed using a single red\/green bi-colour LED.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red \/ Green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bi-colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common anode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Wire:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5V to 12V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-fitted for each colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLead Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 150mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 LEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56935761740121,"sku":null,"price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/ppi4-dc-points-position-indicator-dual-colour-leds-red-green-1251600585.jpg?v=1785427095"},{"product_id":"asp1a","title":"ASP1A Infra-Red Model Railway Signal Controller - 2, 3 \u0026 4 Aspect","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling ASP1A is an \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red model railway signal controller for 2-, 3- and 4-aspect common-cathode LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e. It automatically detects passing trains using a \u003cstrong\u003ebelow-track infra-red sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e and changes the signal to red before returning it through the appropriate signal aspects to green. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe infra-red detector works by projecting invisible IR light upwards and detecting the reflection from the underside of passing rolling stock. This means \u003cstrong\u003eno modifications to locomotives or rolling stock are required\u003c\/strong\u003e, and trains travelling in either direction can trigger the controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring normal operation the signal shows green. When a train passes over the detector, the ASP1A switches the signal to \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once the complete train has cleared the detector, the signal automatically progresses back towards green, passing through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow and double yellow where appropriate\u003c\/strong\u003e for the selected signal type. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ASP1A also provides \u003cstrong\u003erealistic fading between signal aspects\u003c\/strong\u003e to reproduce the appearance of traditional filament lamps. Signal timings, detection release time, fade rates, detection sensitivity and LED brightness can all be programmed to suit the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic model railway signal control using infra-red train detection.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 2-, 3- and 4-aspect LED signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for common-cathode (common-negative) signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically changes the signal to red when a train is detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically returns through the appropriate aspects to green after the train has passed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYellow and double-yellow stages return to red if another train is detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRealistic fading between signal aspects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammable red, yellow and double-yellow timings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable detection release time to accommodate gaps between rolling stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable infra-red detection sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness and aspect fade rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo modifications to locomotives or rolling stock required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetects trains travelling in either direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED resistors mean external resistors are normally not required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfra-red detector supplied pre-set for most installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for installation beneath the track.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2-, 3- and 4-Aspect Signal Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe ASP1A can be programmed for \u003cstrong\u003e2-, 3- or 4-aspect signalling\u003c\/strong\u003e. The module is supplied programmed for 4-aspect operation and can be easily reprogrammed when a 2- or 3-aspect signal is being used. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_150413.jpg?v=1789135496\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 2-aspect mode, the signal normally displays green. Detection of a train immediately changes the signal to red, where it remains until the train has cleared the detector and the programmed timing has expired. It then returns to green. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_150515.jpg?v=1789135534\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 3-aspect mode, the signal changes from green to red when a train is detected, before subsequently progressing through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow and back to green\u003c\/strong\u003e after the train has cleared the detector. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_150601.jpg?v=1789135578\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 4-aspect mode, the signal changes immediately to red when a train is detected. After the train has cleared and the programmed timings have elapsed, the signal progresses through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow, double yellow and then green\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_150646.jpg?v=1789135624\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combined infra-red emitter and detector is installed beneath the track and connected to the A, K, C and E terminals on the ASP1A. The sensor leads can be extended if required, with CAT5 cable offcuts suggested in the manual as suitable extension wire. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensor is normally mounted in an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole through the baseboard\u003c\/strong\u003e. At the default sensitivity, the detection range is up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, including with dark surfaces that have relatively low reflectivity. Sensitivity can be adjusted if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSignal Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe ASP1A is specifically designed for \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-cathode (common-negative) LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each channel switches +12V to illuminate the appropriate aspect, and the necessary LED resistors are built into the controller. Signals that already contain resistors can still be used, although they may appear slightly dimmer. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode signals\u003c\/strong\u003e, use the BLOCKsignalling ASP2A instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 25mA (0.025A)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A to 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common-cathode LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal aspects:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3 or 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reflective infra-red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to approximately 25mm at the default sensitivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor mounting hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor LED diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ASP1A should be powered from a suitable \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not power the module from the auxiliary terminals of a train controller, as these outputs may not be sufficiently smooth or stable and could cause unpredictable operation or damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, signal wiring, programming options and troubleshooting, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"ASP1A\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1DoAJmXraNYmzxkWaDuxKGLJwGlQ5G--d\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56935898251609,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/asp1a-infra-red-aspect-signal-controller-1249064012.jpg?v=1784047934"},{"product_id":"asp2a","title":"ASP2A Infra-Red Model Railway Signal Controller - 2, 3 \u0026 4 Aspect","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling ASP2A is an \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red model railway signal controller for 2-, 3- and 4-aspect common-anode LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e. It automatically detects passing trains using a \u003cstrong\u003ebelow-track infra-red sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e and changes the signal to red before returning it through the appropriate signal aspects to green. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe infra-red detector works by projecting invisible IR light upwards and detecting the reflection from the underside of passing rolling stock. This allows automatic train detection \u003cstrong\u003ewithout modifying locomotives or rolling stock\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring normal operation, the signal displays green. When a train passes over the detector, the ASP2A automatically changes the signal to \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once the complete train has cleared the detector, the signal progresses back towards green, passing through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow and double yellow where appropriate\u003c\/strong\u003e for the selected signal type. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ASP2A also provides \u003cstrong\u003erealistic fading between signal aspects\u003c\/strong\u003e. Signal timings, detection release time, fade rates, detection sensitivity and LED brightness can all be programmed to suit the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic model railway signal control using infra-red train detection.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 2-, 3- and 4-aspect LED signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for common-anode (common-positive) signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically changes the signal to red when a train is detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically returns through the appropriate aspects to green after the train has passed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYellow and double-yellow stages return to red if another train is detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRealistic fading between signal aspects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammable red, yellow and double-yellow timings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable detection release time to accommodate gaps between rolling stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable infra-red detection sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness and aspect fade rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo modifications to locomotives or rolling stock required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED resistors mean external resistors are normally not required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfra-red detector supplied pre-set for most installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for installation beneath the track.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2-, 3- and 4-Aspect Signal Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe ASP2A can be programmed for \u003cstrong\u003e2-, 3- or 4-aspect signalling\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is supplied programmed for 4-aspect operation and can be reprogrammed for 2- or 3-aspect signals. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_152719.jpg?v=1789137172\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 2-aspect mode, the signal normally displays green. When a train is detected, it immediately changes to red and remains red while the detector is occupied. After the train clears the detector and the programmed timing expires, the signal returns to green. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_153314.jpg?v=1789137216\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 3-aspect mode, the signal changes from green to red when a train is detected and subsequently progresses through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow and back to green\u003c\/strong\u003e after the train has cleared the detector. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_153401.jpg?v=1789137259\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 4-aspect mode, the signal changes immediately to red when a train is detected. After the train has cleared and the programmed timings have elapsed, it progresses through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow, double yellow and then green\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-11_153446.jpg?v=1789137314\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combined infra-red emitter and detector is installed beneath the track and connected to the \u003cstrong\u003eA, K, C and E\u003c\/strong\u003e terminals on the ASP2A. The sensor wires can be extended if required. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensor is normally installed in an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole through the baseboard\u003c\/strong\u003e and has a detection range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25mm at the default sensitivity\u003c\/strong\u003e. The sensitivity can be adjusted where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSignal Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe ASP2A is specifically designed for \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode (common-positive) LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each signal channel switches to ground (0V) to illuminate the appropriate LED, with a common output supplying the LEDs. The required resistors are built into the controller, so external resistors are normally unnecessary. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon-anode signals are commonly found among European and US-manufactured signals. For \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-cathode signals\u003c\/strong\u003e, use the BLOCKsignalling ASP1A instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 25mA (0.025A)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A to 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common-anode (common-positive) LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal aspects:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3 or 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reflective infra-red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to approximately 25mm at default sensitivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor mounting hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor LED diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ASP2A should be powered from a suitable \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not power the module from the auxiliary terminals of a train controller, as these outputs may not be sufficiently smooth or stable and could cause unpredictable operation or damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, signal wiring, programming options and troubleshooting, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"ASP2A\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/11WoHS3E1pc-_uH84Cfv-tUZDoulwjxa8\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eUser Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56935906017625,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/asp2a-infra-red-aspect-signal-controller-1249063984.jpg?v=1784047692"},{"product_id":"asp2ns","title":"ASP2-NS Infra-Red Model Railway Signal Controller - 2, 3 \u0026 4 Aspect","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling ASP2-NS is a compact \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red model railway signal controller for 2-, 3- and 4-aspect common-anode LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its \u003cstrong\u003ebuilt-in infra-red train sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e automatically detects passing trains and changes the connected signal through realistic signalling sequences, with no separate detector, soldering or track isolation required. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensor projects invisible infra-red light upwards and detects reflections from passing rolling stock. Installation is straightforward: drill an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole between the sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e and insert the sensor from beneath the baseboard. The sensor requires only around a 2mm gap between the sleepers, making it suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eN gauge as well as larger scales\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring normal operation, the signal displays green. When a train passes over the sensor, the ASP2-NS automatically changes the signal to \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once the complete train has cleared the detector, the signal progresses back towards green, passing through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow and double yellow where appropriate\u003c\/strong\u003e for the selected signal type. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ASP2-NS also provides \u003cstrong\u003erealistic fading between signal aspects\u003c\/strong\u003e to simulate traditional filament lamps. Although the module operates automatically using its default settings, signal timings, detection release time, fade rates, LED brightness and other operating parameters can be adjusted if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic model railway signal control using infra-red train detection.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in infra-red sensor for simple installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 2-, 3- and 4-aspect LED signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for common-anode (common-positive) signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically changes the signal to red when a train is detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically returns through the appropriate aspects to green after the train has passed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRealistic fading between signal aspects to simulate filament lamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable red, yellow and double-yellow timings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable detection release time to accommodate gaps between rolling stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable LED brightness and aspect fade rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo soldering required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo programming required for normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED resistors mean external resistors are normally not required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for N gauge and larger model railway scales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a 12V DC power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2-, 3- and 4-Aspect Signal Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe ASP2-NS can operate \u003cstrong\u003e2-, 3- or 4-aspect common-anode signals\u003c\/strong\u003e. The signal normally displays green and immediately changes to red when a train is detected. The subsequent sequence depends on the selected signal mode.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/1_cd66a358-3764-4426-9fa1-3d028bd3ff8d.jpg?v=1789138974\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 2-aspect mode, the signal remains red while the sensor is occupied. Once the train has cleared the detector and the programmed release and red times have expired, the signal returns to green. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/2_22903f1d-469d-4b17-ad55-b3250e19f369.jpg?v=1789138981\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 3-aspect mode, the signal changes from green to red when a train is detected and subsequently progresses through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow and back to green\u003c\/strong\u003e after the train has cleared. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/3_40040a38-cfab-486b-916c-cf5bd7c26788.jpg?v=1789138979\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn 4-aspect mode, the signal changes immediately to red when a train is detected. After the train has cleared, it progresses through \u003cstrong\u003eyellow, double yellow and then green\u003c\/strong\u003e according to the programmed timings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuilt-In Infra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eUnlike signal controllers that use a separate detector, the ASP2-NS has its \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red sensor built directly into the module\u003c\/strong\u003e. The controller is mounted beneath the track with the sensor positioned through an 8mm hole in the baseboard between the sleepers.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInvisible infra-red light is projected upwards and passing trains trigger the controller automatically. The sensor requires only around a \u003cstrong\u003e2mm gap between the sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to be installed on N gauge layouts as well as larger scales. Alternatively, the module can be positioned beside the track and concealed with scenery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSignal Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe ASP2-NS is specifically designed for \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-anode (common-positive) LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e and must not be connected to common-cathode signals. It is not intended for signals using bulbs. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnections are provided for red, yellow, green and second-yellow aspects. The \u003cstrong\u003eVin terminal also provides the connection for the signal's common-positive wire\u003c\/strong\u003e. LED resistors are built into the controller, so external resistors are normally unnecessary. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003ecommon-cathode LED signals\u003c\/strong\u003e, use the BLOCKsignalling ASP1-NS instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50mA (0.05A)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25A to 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common-anode (common-positive) LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal aspects:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3 or 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in reflective infra-red sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaseboard mounting hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal LED resistors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Normally not required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ASP2-NS should be powered from a suitable \u003cstrong\u003eregulated 12V DC power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e, such as the BLOCKsignalling PSU2. Do not connect the module to the auxiliary terminals of a train controller, as these outputs may not be sufficiently smooth or stable and could cause unpredictable operation or damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, signal wiring, programming options and troubleshooting, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1NQ2TRp7JAB3VetadIBh8PAi4-2gYdwmM\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"ASP2NS\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eUser Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56935987183961,"sku":null,"price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/asp2-ns-automatic-signal-control-1253321556.jpg?v=1786038132"},{"product_id":"infra-red-sensor","title":"Replacement Infra-Red Sensors for BLOCKsignalling Modules","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling Replacement Infra-Red Sensor is designed for use with compatible \u003cstrong\u003eBLOCKsignalling infra-red model railway controllers and train detection modules\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a direct replacement for the infra-red sensors supplied with compatible BLOCKsignalling products, making it ideal for replacing a \u003cstrong\u003edamaged or faulty sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e without replacing the complete controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensor detects passing trains using reflected invisible infra-red light. These sensors are specifically selected for \u003cstrong\u003ereliable model railway train detection\u003c\/strong\u003e, with good immunity to sunlight and minimal leakage of stray infra-red light to help prevent unwanted triggering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable individually or in packs of \u003cstrong\u003e2, 4 or 10 sensors\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it easy to purchase replacements for a single module or spares for multiple BLOCKsignalling products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement infra-red sensor for compatible BLOCKsignalling products.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for automatic model railway train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetects passing trains using reflected infra-red light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecifically selected for good immunity to sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow stray infra-red leakage for reliable triggering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for replacing a damaged or faulty original sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact sensor suitable for installation beneath model railway track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible BLOCKsignalling Modules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis replacement sensor is compatible with the following BLOCKsignalling products:\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/rev2\" title=\"REV2\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eREV2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/asp1a\" title=\"ASP1A\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eASP1A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/asp2a\" title=\"ASP2A\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eASP2A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/sas2-ir\" title=\"SAS2IR\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSAS2-IR\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/ssm1\" title=\"SSM1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSSM1\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/L1\" title=\"L1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eL1\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/bod4-rly\" title=\"BOD4RLY\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBOD4-RLY\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/sec1a-dc\" title=\"SEC1ADC\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSEC1A-DC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/sec1b-dc\" title=\"SEC1BDC\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSEC1B-DC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/sec4a-dcc\" title=\"SEC4ADCC\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eInstall the replacement sensor in the same position and orientation as the original sensor supplied with your BLOCKsignalling module.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSensor wiring and installation can vary between products, so please refer to the instruction manual for your specific module for the correct connections and positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"1","offer_id":58061866008921,"sku":null,"price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2","offer_id":58061866041689,"sku":null,"price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"4","offer_id":58061866074457,"sku":null,"price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":58061866107225,"sku":null,"price":14.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/infra-red-sensors-1249063917.jpg?v=1784047332"},{"product_id":"bod4-rly","title":"BOD4-RLY Infra-Red Train Detector \u0026 Relay for Faller 161675","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling BOD4-RLY is an \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red vehicle detector with a built-in 1.5A relay\u003c\/strong\u003e, ideal for automatically operating the \u003cstrong\u003eFaller 161675 Stop Section electromagnet\u003c\/strong\u003e when a vehicle is detected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eOriginally developed for use with a \u003cstrong\u003eFaller model car layout stop solenoid\u003c\/strong\u003e, the BOD4-RLY detects a passing vehicle using the supplied infra-red sensor and automatically operates its built-in relay. The relay can handle loads of up to \u003cstrong\u003e1.5A at 24V DC\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for controlling the Faller stop electromagnet and other accessories. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe infra-red sensor can be installed beneath the roadway or track and detects vehicles using reflected invisible infra-red light, allowing automatic operation without requiring physical switches or contacts. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eA range of built-in operating modes and adjustable timing options allows the detector to be configured for different applications, including instantaneous operation, timed pulses, recurring pulses and relay toggle operation. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for automatic detection of Faller Car System vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for operating the Faller 161675 Stop Section electromagnet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with an infra-red sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in relay rated up to 1.5A at 24V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfra-red detection requires no physical contact with the vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor can be installed beneath the roadway or track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNormally-open, common and normally-closed relay contacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolt-free relay contacts for flexible accessory control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple built-in operating modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable relay timing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable sensor sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed or randomised timing options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be configured to respond to only a proportion of detections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegulated +5V auxiliary output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo programming required for basic operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for model railway applications as well as Faller vehicle layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eFaller 161675 Stop Section Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BOD4-RLY is particularly suitable for automatically controlling the \u003cstrong\u003eFaller 161675 Stop Section\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen a vehicle passes over the infra-red sensor, the BOD4-RLY can operate the stop-section electromagnet through its built-in relay. The relay can then release according to the selected operating mode and timing settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BOD4-RLY was originally developed following a requirement to operate a stop solenoid on a Faller model car layout, with its larger relay providing the current-handling capability required for an electromagnet. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eInfra-Red Vehicle Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe supplied infra-red sensor contains both an \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red emitter and detector\u003c\/strong\u003e. Invisible infra-red light is reflected from the underside of the passing vehicle and detected by the module. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe sensor can be mounted beneath the roadway or track surface, allowing the detection system to remain unobtrusive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_141640.jpg?v=1789478215\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe diagram shows the recommended positioning of the infra-red sensor beneath the roadway or track for reliable detection of passing vehicles. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eSensor sensitivity is factory set to suit most installations and can be adjusted if required. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eRelay Output \u0026amp; Connections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BOD4-RLY provides \u003cstrong\u003enormally-open (NO), common (COM) and normally-closed (NC)\u003c\/strong\u003e relay connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe contacts are \u003cstrong\u003evolt-free\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the relay to be incorporated into a wide variety of accessory circuits. The relay is rated for loads of up to \u003cstrong\u003e1.5A at 24V DC\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-15_141726.jpg?v=1789478269\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe diagram shows the main BOD4-RLY connections, including the \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC power supply, infra-red sensor and NO\/COM\/NC relay contacts\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe relay can be used to operate the Faller stop electromagnet as well as LEDs, signals, filament lamps, relays, electromagnets and suitable inputs to computer-control systems. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eAdjustable Operating Modes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BOD4-RLY includes several built-in programs, allowing its behaviour to be adapted to different automation requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eAvailable functions include \u003cstrong\u003einstantaneous detection, signal operation, short and long relay pulses, recurring pulses and relay toggle operation\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eAdditional settings allow the trigger delay, relay operating time, sensor sensitivity and retrigger delay to be adjusted. Randomised timing and proportional triggering are also available for applications where the relay should not operate identically on every detection. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003e+5V Auxiliary Output\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eA regulated \u003cstrong\u003e+5V DC auxiliary output\u003c\/strong\u003e is provided for low-current accessories such as LEDs, small relays or lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe +5V output has a maximum current rating of \u003cstrong\u003e100mA\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated 12V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Current Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 0.25A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Power Supply Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A to 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRelay Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1.5A at 24V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRelay Contacts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Normally open, common and normally closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRelay Contact Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Volt-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuxiliary Output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated +5V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Auxiliary Output Current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100mA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Infra-red emitter\/detector supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe BOD4-RLY should be powered from a suitable \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC regulated power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. The manual recommends a supply rated between 0.5A and 1A and advises against using an unsuitable auxiliary accessory output from a train controller. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor complete installation instructions, sensor connections, programming, operating modes and troubleshooting guidance, please download the latest BOD4-RLY instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"BOD4-RLY\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1A41hdZuwsJyTcAm8DouKPF-I24iSg-JO\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56936289796441,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/bod4-rly-infra-red-train-detector-relay-for-faller-161675-1249063907.jpg?v=1784045412"},{"product_id":"sdcc1","title":"SDCC1 DCC Model Railway Shuttle Controller with Station Stops","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling SDCC1 is an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic DCC model railway shuttle controller with station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to run a single DCC locomotive backwards and forwards with \u003cstrong\u003erealistic acceleration and deceleration\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its built-in DCC command station and speed control allow automatic operation \u003cstrong\u003ewithout a separate DCC controller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eAt each end of the shuttle line, the locomotive is detected as it enters an isolated track section. The SDCC1 automatically slows the train to a stop, waits for the selected period and then accelerates it away in the opposite direction. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne or more \u003cstrong\u003eintermediate station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e can also be added. As the locomotive enters a station section, it automatically decelerates, waits and then accelerates away in the same direction. There is no fixed limit on the number of intermediate station sections that can be used along the shuttle line. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDCC1 can also be configured for \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous loop operation with station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for layouts where a train needs to travel continuously around a loop while automatically stopping at one or more stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically operates a single DCC locomotive backwards and forwards.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports one or more intermediate automatic station stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also operate a train continuously around a loop with station stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in DCC command station and locomotive speed control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate DCC command station or speed controller required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRealistic acceleration and deceleration when starting and stopping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable locomotive speed using an on-board control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable waiting time at stations and the ends of the shuttle line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses isolated track sections for train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with DCC locomotives using short addresses from 1 to 99.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for OO\/HO and N gauge model railway layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum track output of 0.5A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency stop function using the on-board push button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in overload and short-circuit protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED indications for power, train detection, programming and track output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDCC1 is a \u003cstrong\u003eself-contained mini DCC command station\u003c\/strong\u003e. The locomotive speed is set directly using the adjustment on the module, with the speed setting corresponding to the 28 DCC speed steps. This provides a straightforward way of creating an automatic DCC shuttle without using a computer or separate command station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBasic DCC Shuttle Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/diag1.png?v=1775764718\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor basic shuttle operation, the track is divided into a main section and two isolated end sections. When the locomotive reaches either end section, the SDCC1 detects it, brings it to a controlled stop, waits for the selected time and then sends it back in the opposite direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDCC Shuttle with Station Stop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/diag2.png?v=1775764735\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional isolated sections can be created for \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e. These sections should extend sufficiently either side of the platform to give the locomotive time to decelerate. Any number of station sections can be connected to the station-stop input.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLoop Operation with Station Stops\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/sddc.jpg?v=1789059079\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDCC1 can also operate a locomotive continuously around a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway loop with one or more automatic station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each station's isolated detection section is connected to the station-stop input, allowing the train to stop, wait for the selected period and then continue around the loop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and Waiting Time Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/dials.png?v=1775764687\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn-board \u003cstrong\u003eSPEED\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eTIME\u003c\/strong\u003e adjustments allow the locomotive speed and waiting time to be set directly on the SDCC1. This makes it easy to adjust the automatic operation to suit the locomotive and length of the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDCC Locomotive Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe SDCC1 is designed for a \u003cstrong\u003esingle DCC-equipped locomotive using a short DCC address from 1 to 99\u003c\/strong\u003e. Extended\/long DCC addressing is not supported. The module provides a maximum output of \u003cstrong\u003e0.5A\u003c\/strong\u003e, so locomotives fitted with sound or stay-alive capacitors should be checked to ensure their current requirements are suitable. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shuttle track must be a \u003cstrong\u003eseparate, electrically isolated section of the layout\u003c\/strong\u003e. The SDCC1 must not be connected to the output of another DCC command station or speed controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum track output:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw terminals or DC power jack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC jack size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5mm outer × 2.1mm inner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC jack polarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Centre positive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDCC addressing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Short addresses 1-99\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayout suitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e OO\/HO and N gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrack requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated isolated shuttle section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible \u003cstrong\u003eBLOCKsignalling PSU2 12V DC 1A Power Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used to power the SDCC1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not connect the SDCC1 to the auxiliary output of a train controller. The manual specifies a suitable \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e, as accessory outputs may be insufficiently smooth or stable and could cause unpredictable operation or damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProtection \u0026amp; Emergency Stop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressing the on-board button immediately removes track power, providing an \u003cstrong\u003eemergency stop\u003c\/strong\u003e if a locomotive needs to be stopped or re-railed. The SDCC1 also includes protection against track short circuits and overload conditions, automatically removing track power when necessary.\u003cimg\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, track wiring, locomotive setup, programming and troubleshooting, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"SDCC1\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1-NNxIh38CRQqNDfhypr4sD35t_eFUjZu\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56936339964249,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/sdcc1-dcc-shuttle-station-stop-controller-1249064061.jpg?v=1784046972"},{"product_id":"sas2-br","title":"SAS2-BR DC Model Railway Shuttle Controller with Station Stops","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling SAS2-BR is an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic DC model railway shuttle controller with station stops and built-in speed control\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to operate a single locomotive backwards and forwards with \u003cstrong\u003erealistic acceleration and deceleration\u003c\/strong\u003e. It can also provide \u003cstrong\u003eone or more intermediate station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e for more realistic automatic train operation. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eWhen the locomotive reaches an isolated section at the end of the line, the SAS2-BR detects the train and automatically \u003cstrong\u003edecelerates it to a standstill\u003c\/strong\u003e, waits for the selected period and then accelerates it away in the opposite direction. The process repeats at the other end, providing continuous automatic shuttle operation without requiring a separate DC speed controller. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eOne or more \u003cstrong\u003eintermediate station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e can also be added. As the locomotive enters a station section, it automatically slows to a stop, waits for the selected period and then accelerates away in the same direction. There is no fixed limit on the number of intermediate station sections that can be used along the shuttle line. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SAS2-BR includes on-board \u003cstrong\u003espeed and waiting-time adjustments\u003c\/strong\u003e, together with programmable settings for acceleration, deceleration, individual stop durations and fixed or randomised delays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically operates a single DC locomotive backwards and forwards.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports one or more intermediate automatic station stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also operate a train continuously around a loop with station stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in DC throttle removes the need for a separate speed controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth acceleration and deceleration for realistic train movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable locomotive speed using an on-board control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable waiting times at the ends of the shuttle and at station stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammable acceleration and deceleration rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed or randomised waiting times for more varied operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses isolated track sections for automatic train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for OO\/HO and smaller locomotives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum traction current of 0.5A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency stop function using the on-board push button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in short-circuit protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also be triggered using reed switches, push buttons or other suitable devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SAS2-BR is a \u003cstrong\u003eself-contained DC throttle\u003c\/strong\u003e, so a separate train speed controller is not required. The locomotive's top speed is set directly using the SPEED adjustment on the module, while additional programmable settings allow the automatic operation to be tailored to the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBasic DC Shuttle Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-22_155723.jpg?v=1790089134\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor basic shuttle operation, the track is divided into a main section and two isolated end sections. When the locomotive enters an end section, the SAS2-BR detects it and begins the automatic stopping and reversing sequence. The end sections should be long enough for the locomotive to be detected and come to a complete stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDC Shuttle with Station Stop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-22_155736.jpg?v=1790089135\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional isolated sections can be created for \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic station stops\u003c\/strong\u003e. These should extend sufficiently either side of the platform to allow the locomotive time to decelerate. Any number of station sections can be used, with each connected to the S terminal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLoop Operation with Station Stop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-22_160012.jpg?v=1790089239\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SAS2-BR can also operate a locomotive continuously around a \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway loop with an automatic station stop\u003c\/strong\u003e. The locomotive travels forwards around the loop, stopping at the station for the programmed delay before continuing around the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and Waiting Time Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-22_155801.jpg?v=1790089134\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe on-board \u003cstrong\u003eSPEED\u003c\/strong\u003e adjustment controls the locomotive's maximum speed. Waiting times can also be adjusted, with additional programming available to set individual end and station waiting times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProgrammable Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe SAS2-BR provides additional programming options for customers who want greater control over the automatic sequence. Acceleration and deceleration can each be adjusted between \u003cstrong\u003e1 and 20 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, while waiting times at the ends of the shuttle and at station stops can be individually configured. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaiting periods can also be set to \u003cstrong\u003efixed or randomised operation\u003c\/strong\u003e. When randomised, the actual delay varies between approximately 25% and 100% of the programmed waiting time, helping make repeated automatic operation appear less predictable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimum 0.5A for Z\/N gauge; 1A for OO\/HO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum traction current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw terminals or DC power jack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC jack size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.1mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC jack polarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Centre positive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayout suitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e OO\/HO and smaller locomotives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module should be powered using a suitable \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. A compatible BLOCKsignalling PSU2 12V DC 1A Power Supply can be used. Do not power the SAS2-BR from the auxiliary terminals of a train controller, as these outputs may not provide sufficiently smooth or stable power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProtection \u0026amp; Emergency Stop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SAS2-BR includes \u003cstrong\u003eshort-circuit protection\u003c\/strong\u003e. Pressing the on-board push button also immediately removes track power, providing an emergency stop for re-railing, changing a locomotive or stopping the train when necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, wiring, programming options and troubleshooting, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"SAS2BR\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/17oH1pvJNVPGz2PhCrzanPpwL05VL_aLe\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56936352252249,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/sas2-br-dc-shuttle-with-station-stop-acceleration-1249064063.jpg?v=1784046735"},{"product_id":"bdl168-terminal-adaptor","title":"BD168 Model Railway Terminal Adaptor Board for Digitrax BDL168","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling BD168 is a \u003cstrong\u003eterminal adaptor board for the Digitrax BDL168 occupancy detector\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing convenient screw-terminal connections and eliminating the need to solder wires directly to the BDL168 PCB connection pads.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe adaptor makes installation, wiring and future board replacement considerably easier. Rather than permanently soldering layout wiring to the BDL168, connections can be made using the clearly accessible screw terminals on the BD168.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eDuplicated \u003cstrong\u003eZA, ZB, ZC and ZD terminals\u003c\/strong\u003e are provided to simplify installations where these connections need to be commoned together. The \u003cstrong\u003eN connection\u003c\/strong\u003e, which would normally require a connection to the underside of the BDL168 board, is also brought out to its own convenient screw terminal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTerminal adaptor board designed for the Digitrax BDL168.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEliminates the need to solder layout wiring directly to the BDL168 connection pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew terminals provide quick and convenient wiring connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes BDL168 installation and future replacement easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuplicated ZA, ZB, ZC and ZD terminals simplify common connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated terminal provided for the BDL168 N connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for permanent model railway control and detection installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimplifies maintenance and alterations to layout wiring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEasy BDL168 Connections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BD168 provides a convenient interface between your layout wiring and the connection pads on the Digitrax BDL168.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis is particularly useful for permanent installations because the layout wiring can remain connected to the terminal adaptor if the BDL168 needs to be removed or replaced, avoiding the inconvenience of repeatedly soldering connections directly to the detector board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eZA, ZB, ZC, ZD \u0026amp; N Connections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eZA, ZB, ZC and ZD connections are duplicated\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it easier to link or common these terminals where required.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eN connection is also brought out to its own screw terminal\u003c\/strong\u003e, avoiding the need to make the normal connection directly to the underside of the BDL168 board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSupporting Macmillan Cancer Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor every BD168 Terminal Adaptor Board sold, \u003cstrong\u003e£5 is donated\u003c\/strong\u003e to\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.macmillan.org.uk\/\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Macmillan\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eMacmillan Cancer Support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57002847043929,"sku":null,"price":14.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/terminal-adaptor-for-bdl168-breakout-boards-1249064326.png?v=1784046496"},{"product_id":"photocell-pack-of-10","title":"LDR Photocell Light Sensor - Pack of 10 for DET8","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eA pack of \u003cstrong\u003e10 LDR photocell light sensors (photoresistors)\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable as replacement or spare sensors for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/det8\" title=\"DET8\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBLOCKsignalling DET8 Train Detector\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThese light-dependent resistors detect changes in ambient light as a train passes over them, allowing the DET8 to detect the presence of rolling stock on the track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIdeal for replacing damaged sensors, adding spare photocells to your parts supply, or installing additional detection points with compatible equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 10 photocell sensors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for use with the BLOCKsignalling DET8 Train Detector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLDR (Light Dependent Resistor) technology.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight-sensitive photoresistor design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for model railway train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact component for installation between or beneath sleepers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal as replacement or spare DET8 sensors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple two-lead component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThese photocells are supplied as replacement or spare sensors for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/det8\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"DET8\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eBLOCKsignalling DET8 Train Detector\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003ePlease check compatibility before using them with equipment other than the DET8.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003ePack Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 photocells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e LDR \/ Light Dependent Resistor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light-sensitive train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e BLOCKsignalling DET8 Train Detector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57028512678233,"sku":null,"price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/photocell-spare-pack-of-10-1251600581.jpg?v=1785427154"},{"product_id":"psu4-module","title":"PSU4 12-Output 12V DC Model Railway Power Supply Module","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling PSU4 is a \u003cstrong\u003e12-output 12V DC model railway power supply module\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to provide multiple stable 12V DC supplies from a single AC or DC power source. It is ideal for distributing power to \u003cstrong\u003emodel railway controllers, signals, detectors and other 12V layout electronics\u003c\/strong\u003e without requiring a separate power supply for every module.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSU4 automatically accepts a wide range of input voltages, from \u003cstrong\u003e5-25V DC or 9-16V AC\u003c\/strong\u003e, and provides \u003cstrong\u003e12 separate stable 12V DC outputs\u003c\/strong\u003e. Power can be connected using either the screw-terminal input or a standard \u003cstrong\u003e2.1mm DC jack\u003c\/strong\u003e, and DC input polarity does not need to be observed. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll 12 outputs share a total capacity of up to \u003cstrong\u003e1A\u003c\/strong\u003e and are protected by a self-resetting thermal fuse, providing convenient and protected power distribution around a model railway layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides 12 separate 12V DC outputs from a single power source.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for powering multiple model railway electronic modules and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts both AC and DC input supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide 5–25V DC input range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide 9–16V AC input range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically regulates the output to 12V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDC input is not polarity sensitive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew-terminal input for permanent wiring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.1mm DC jack input for compatible plug-top power supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum 1A total output current shared across all outputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-resetting thermal fuse protects against overloads and short circuits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically restores power once a fault has been removed and the fuse has cooled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED provides output and fault indication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo programming or configuration required.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e12 Separate 12V DC Outputs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PSU4 provides \u003cstrong\u003e12 individual pairs of 12V DC and GND terminals\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing multiple model railway electronic modules to be powered neatly from one central supply.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis can simplify layout wiring considerably where several accessories require 12V DC, avoiding the need for numerous individual plug-top power supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combined current drawn by all connected equipment must not exceed the PSU4's \u003cstrong\u003e1A total output rating\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUniversal AC or DC Input\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PSU4 can be powered from either:\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5V to 25V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9V to 16V AC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe output is factory set to \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC ±4%, typically within ±2%\u003c\/strong\u003e. When using a DC input supply, polarity does not need to be observed. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower can be connected using either the \u003cstrong\u003e2.1mm DC jack\u003c\/strong\u003e or the alternative screw-terminal input.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not connect both inputs at the same time.\u003c\/strong\u003e This warning is specifically shown on the manual's connection diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConnecting the PSU4\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-14_205251.jpg?v=1789415586\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe connection diagram shows all \u003cstrong\u003e12 individually labelled 12V DC\/GND output pairs\u003c\/strong\u003e, together with the 2.1mm jack and alternative AC\/DC screw-terminal input.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach connected accessory receives the same regulated 12V DC supply, with the available 1A output capacity shared across all 12 connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Short-Circuit \u0026amp; Overload Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe PSU4 incorporates a \u003cstrong\u003e1A self-resetting thermal fuse\u003c\/strong\u003e to protect its outputs against excessive current and short circuits.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the protection operates, the module's LED flashes approximately once per second. Once the fault has been removed and the protection has reset, the LED returns to steady illumination and power is automatically restored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC ±4% (typically ±2%).\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of outputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum total output current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5–25V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9–16V AC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input polarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not polarity sensitive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC jack:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.1mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtection:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A self-resetting thermal fuse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatus indication:\u003c\/strong\u003e On-board LED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailed installation guidance, connection information and troubleshooting advice, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1Ap7NrLL9M1cP-IsFJ9FfqMI-VKgxObPt\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"PSU4\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eUser Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57184637485401,"sku":null,"price":22.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/psu4-universal-12v-power-supply-1257409691.jpg?v=1788807313"},{"product_id":"rev1","title":"REV1mini DCC Model Railway Autoreverser","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling REV1mini is a compact \u003cstrong\u003eDCC model railway autoreverser\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003ereversing loops, wyes and turntables\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing fast automatic polarity switching without programming or adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a locomotive crosses a track break and encounters a polarity mismatch, the REV1mini detects the resulting short circuit in \u003cstrong\u003eless than five microseconds\u003c\/strong\u003e and automatically switches the polarity of the isolated track section. Polarity is corrected within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e10-20 milliseconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, preventing the DCC command station from shutting down and allowing the train to continue through the reversing section. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REV1mini has a detection level of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1.75A\u003c\/strong\u003e and is designed for use with DCC command stations capable of providing \u003cstrong\u003e2.5A output or greater\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is a solid-state design with no moving parts and requires no programming or adjustment during normal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic DCC track polarity switching.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for reversing loops, wyes and turntables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort-circuit detection in less than 5 microseconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolarity correction within approximately 10-20 milliseconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 1.75A detection level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for DCC command stations rated at 2.5A or greater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact solid-state design with no moving parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo programming or adjustment required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED indication of power and output polarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic protection against persistent short circuits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically restores power after a persistent short is removed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Hornby™ HM7000 when the track is DCC powered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for layouts up to OO\/HO scale.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow the REV1mini Works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV1mini supplies power to an electrically isolated section of track\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003ewhere the rail polarity may need to be reversed to match the adjoining track.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a locomotive enters the isolated section with matching polarity, it simply continues normally. If the polarity does not match, the locomotive's wheel pickups briefly bridge the two opposing track feeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Picture1.jpg?v=1788990549\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REV1mini detects this condition almost immediately and swaps the polarity of its output, removing the short circuit before the DCC command station has time to shut down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Picture2.jpg?v=1788990548\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Picture3.jpg?v=1788990548\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis automatic operation allows trains to pass through reversing sections without the operator manually changing track polarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDCC \u0026amp; Hornby™ HM7000 Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV1mini is designed exclusively for \u003cstrong\u003eDCC track power\u003c\/strong\u003e and must only be connected to the output of a DCC command station.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is compatible with \u003cstrong\u003eHornby™ HM7000 when the track itself is supplied with DCC\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REV1mini is \u003cstrong\u003enot suitable for HM7000 layouts where the track is supplied directly with 15V DC\u003c\/strong\u003e and the locomotive is controlled by Bluetooth\/App. Connecting 15V DC to the REV1mini \u003cstrong\u003emay damage the module\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor other track-power systems:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/rev7k-4a\" title=\"REV7K4A\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eREV7K-4A 15V DC Model Railway Autoreverser\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca class=\"decorated-link\" rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/rev7k-4a\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - for Hornby™ HM7000 layouts using a constant 15V DC track supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/rev2\" title=\"REV2\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eREV2 Universal DC\/DCC Model Railway Autoreverser\u003c\/a\u003e - for layouts requiring compatibility with variable DC, DCC or 15V DC HM7000 track power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDCC Command Station Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV1mini has a short-circuit detection level of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1.75A\u003c\/strong\u003e. The DCC command station therefore needs to be capable of supplying sufficient current for the REV1mini to detect the polarity mismatch and operate before the command station itself shuts down.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor this reason, the REV1mini is specified for use with DCC command stations capable of providing \u003cstrong\u003e2.5A output or greater\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood electrical connections are also important. Track and module connections should ideally be made \u003cstrong\u003eclose to the track breaks\u003c\/strong\u003e to minimise resistance and ensure sufficient current flows when a polarity mismatch occurs. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTypical Layout Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV1mini can be used with several common DCC model railway track arrangements where automatic polarity reversal is required.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eReversing Loops\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA reversing loop creates a polarity conflict where the loop reconnects to the main track. The REV1mini allows the loop to be electrically isolated and automatically changes its polarity when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe loop requires \u003cstrong\u003efour track breaks\u003c\/strong\u003e. When a train reaches a boundary where the loop and adjoining track have opposing polarity, the REV1mini automatically switches the loop polarity so the train can continue through the points and return to the main layout. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Picture4.jpg?v=1788990835\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eFor best performance, connections to the loop should be made close to the track breaks, while the REV1mini input should preferably be connected to the \u003cstrong\u003eDCC bus or directly to the DCC booster output\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTurntables\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REV1mini can automatically control the polarity of an \u003cstrong\u003eelectrically isolated DCC turntable bridge\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe turntable track must be electrically isolated from the approach tracks using track gaps or insulated rail joiners. The REV1mini \u003cstrong\u003eOUT1 and OUT2\u003c\/strong\u003e terminals then supply the turntable bridge and automatically correct its polarity when required. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Picture5.jpg?v=1788990951\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere tracks run straight through the turntable, they should be wired with matching polarity to allow longer trains to pass across the bridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWye Layouts\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA wye creates a point where rails connected to opposite sides of the DCC bus would otherwise meet and cause a permanent short circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy creating an isolated track section and powering it through the REV1mini, the module can automatically switch its polarity as a train enters or leaves the section. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Picture6.jpg?v=1788990951\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe isolated section connected to \u003cstrong\u003eOUT1 and OUT2 must be at least as long as the longest train\u003c\/strong\u003e that will use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Short-Circuit Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIf the REV1mini detects a polarity mismatch, it normally corrects the problem simply by reversing its output.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, if reversing the polarity does not remove the short circuit - for example, because a locomotive has derailed - the REV1mini \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically shuts down its output\u003c\/strong\u003e to protect the module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAfter approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, it restores power and checks again. If the short circuit is still present, the output is switched off again. This cycle continues until the fault has been removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Status Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOn power-up, the red \u003cstrong\u003ePWR LED\u003c\/strong\u003e indicates that the REV1mini is operating.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe yellow \u003cstrong\u003eNORM\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eINV\u003c\/strong\u003e LEDs indicate the current output state:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNORM\u003c\/strong\u003e - OUT1 and OUT2 correspond directly with IN1 and IN2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eINV\u003c\/strong\u003e - the output connections are reversed, with IN1 connected to OUT2 and IN2 connected to OUT1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LEDs therefore provide a simple visual indication of the current polarity state of the REV1mini output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrack Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e DCC only\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1.75A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended DCC Command Station:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5A output or greater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolarity Detection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Less than 5 microseconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolarity Correction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–20 milliseconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Recommended Scale:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to OO\/HO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput:\u003c\/strong\u003e DCC command station output, DCC track bus or DCC-powered track\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHM7000 Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DCC track power only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not connect the REV1mini directly to a DC or AC power supply.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eIN1 and IN2\u003c\/strong\u003e terminals connect to the DCC command station output, DCC track bus or DCC-powered track. These two input connections can be connected either way around.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOUT1 and OUT2\u003c\/strong\u003e terminals connect to the electrically isolated reversing section controlled by the REV1mini. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/REV.jpg?v=1784482256\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe isolated section should have \u003cstrong\u003eno other electrical feed\u003c\/strong\u003e from elsewhere on the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTrack Occupancy Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe REV1mini draws a small operating current from its DCC input. On layouts using \u003cstrong\u003etrack occupancy or train detection systems\u003c\/strong\u003e, this may cause some detectors to indicate that the reversing section is occupied even when no train is present.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe instruction manual includes dedicated wiring arrangements for using the REV1mini alongside track occupancy detection systems. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor complete installation instructions, additional wiring information, track occupancy detection, troubleshooting and testing procedures, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/18b-ILq9kHXCs20lKv53fz-yPL57WTWu-\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"REV1\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eUser Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57184670220633,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/rev1mini-dcc-autoreverser-1249064035.jpg?v=1784046073"},{"product_id":"l1","title":"L1-DC Automatic DC Model Railway Passing Loop Controller","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling L1-DC is an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic DC model railway passing loop controller\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to operate \u003cstrong\u003etwo trains around a continuous loop with a passing section\u003c\/strong\u003e. When one train arrives at the passing loop, the controller automatically holds it while switching the points and dispatching the other train after a configurable delay. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo infra-red sensors detect the trains as they enter the passing loop, while isolated track sections automatically stop and release each train. The L1-DC also controls the point motors, allowing two trains to \u003cstrong\u003ealternate automatically around the layout with minimal operator input\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA range of programmable settings allows the operation to be customised, including departure delays, timed or random operation, push-button departure, sensor sensitivity and train routing behaviour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically controls two trains around a continuous loop with a passing loop.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically holds and dispatches trains in sequence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperates the points to route trains onto the appropriate track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControls isolated track sections to automatically stop and release trains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes two infra-red sensors for automatic train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable departure delay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports timed, random or push-button train departure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammable regular or random train routing behaviour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable infra-red sensor sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional control-panel LED indication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows normal manual layout operation when the module is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with conventional 3-wire point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKATO points can be operated using the BLOCKsignalling K-ADAPT.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a regulated 12V DC power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow the Passing Loop Works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-14_204441.jpg?v=1789415122\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach line of the passing loop contains an isolated stopping section. The two supplied infra-red sensors are positioned before these sections so that an approaching train can be detected before it reaches the unpowered track. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a train arrives, it passes over the appropriate sensor and comes to a stop in the isolated section. After the programmed delay, the L1-DC changes the points to the other track and energises its isolated section, allowing the waiting train to depart. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce that train completes the main loop and returns, it is stopped automatically and the sequence can begin again with the other train.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_165125.jpg?v=1789317763\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo infra-red sensors are used to detect the trains automatically. They are normally installed underneath the track, with the invisible infra-red light reflected from the underside of the locomotive or rolling stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensors can be installed through an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole in the baseboard\u003c\/strong\u003e and have a detection range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25mm at the default sensitivity setting\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on the reflectivity of the vehicle. The optical elements are approximately 2.2mm in diameter, allowing them to see between the sleepers even on smaller scales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProgrammable Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe L1-DC provides a range of programmable options so its behaviour can be adapted to different layouts.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003edeparture delay is 10 seconds by default\u003c\/strong\u003e and can be adjusted up to 255 seconds. Departure can be triggered after the programmed time, after a randomised delay, or manually using a push button. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrain routing can also be configured to follow a regular pattern or use random selection, allowing more varied automatic operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eManual Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe isolated-section relay contacts are normally closed when power is removed from the L1-DC. This means that when the module is switched off, the isolated sections are reconnected and the layout can be operated manually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Panel Indicators\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTwo external LEDs can be connected to provide additional indication on a control panel. By default, these indicate when a train is detected by Sensor 1 or Sensor 2 and flash while a train is departing.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe necessary LED resistors are already incorporated into the module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePower Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC regulated.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical module current:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50mA with all panel LEDs illuminated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25A to 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended supply type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regulated plug-top DC power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module should not be powered from the auxiliary accessory terminals of a train controller, as these may not provide sufficiently smooth or stable power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoint Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe L1-DC provides connections for conventional \u003cstrong\u003e3-wire point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the controller to automatically change the points as trains arrive and depart from the passing loop.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKATO 2-wire points\u003c\/strong\u003e can also be operated by adding the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/k-adapt\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"KADAPT\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eBLOCKsignalling K-ADAPT\u003c\/a\u003e, which converts the L1-DC's 3-wire point output to the 2-wire connection required by KATO points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailed installation instructions, wiring diagrams, programming options and troubleshooting guidance, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1eV891MzL3R2V6suAf23NlCLRUJbaNoPj\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"L1\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57447748731225,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/l1-dc-automatic-passing-loop-controller-1249064007.jpg?v=1784045834"},{"product_id":"dap1a","title":"DAP1A Infra-Red Model Railway Semaphore Signal Controller","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling DAP1A is an \u003cstrong\u003einfra-red model railway semaphore signal controller\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to automatically operate compatible \u003cstrong\u003eDapol semaphore signals\u003c\/strong\u003e when a train is detected. A separate infra-red sensor mounted beneath the track detects passing trains without requiring any modifications to locomotives or rolling stock. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensor works by projecting invisible infra-red light towards the underside of the train and detecting the reflected light. When a train passes over the sensor, the DAP1A automatically changes the semaphore signal from \u003cstrong\u003eDanger to Clear\u003c\/strong\u003e. Once the train has completely passed and the selected delay has expired, the signal automatically returns to Danger. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate infra-red sensor is normally installed beneath the track through an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole in the baseboard\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a detection range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25mm\u003c\/strong\u003e at the normal sensitivity setting. Its small optical elements allow it to detect trains through the gap between sleepers, including on smaller-scale layouts. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DAP1A also provides outputs for \u003cstrong\u003ered and green control-panel LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the position of the semaphore signal to be indicated remotely on a control panel or mimic board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically operates compatible Dapol semaphore signals.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate infra-red sensor for automatic train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo modifications to locomotives or rolling stock required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor mounts beneath the track through an 8mm baseboard hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetection range of up to approximately 25mm at normal sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically changes the signal from Danger to Clear when a train is detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatically returns the signal to Danger after the train has passed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable train-clear time for longer trains and gaps between carriages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable final delay before the signal returns to Danger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable infra-red detection sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed and green control-panel LED outputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemembers settings and signal position when power is switched off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatible Dapol semaphore signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a 12V DC power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_165125.jpg?v=1789314784\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe separate infra-red sensor is normally installed beneath the track, where it detects reflected infra-red light from passing rolling stock. The sensor can be installed through an \u003cstrong\u003e8mm hole in the baseboard\u003c\/strong\u003e and has a detection range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25mm\u003c\/strong\u003e under normal conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSemaphore Signal Wiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_165212.jpg?v=1789314784\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Dapol semaphore signal's \u003cstrong\u003ered and black wires\u003c\/strong\u003e provide power and connect to the corresponding R and BK terminals on the DAP1A. The signal's two \u003cstrong\u003eyellow wires\u003c\/strong\u003e connect to Y1 and Y2. The controller briefly connects these two wires together when the signal needs to change position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControl Panel LED Indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-13_165238.jpg?v=1789314784\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional red and green LEDs can be installed on a control panel to remotely indicate the current position of the semaphore signal. The outputs provide approximately \u003cstrong\u003e12V\u003c\/strong\u003e, and each LED requires a \u003cstrong\u003e1,000Ω (1kΩ) series resistor\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic Semaphore Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eIn its default operating mode, the semaphore signal normally remains at \u003cstrong\u003eDanger\u003c\/strong\u003e. When an approaching train crosses the infra-red sensor, the DAP1A automatically changes the signal to \u003cstrong\u003eClear\u003c\/strong\u003e. After the train has completely cleared the sensor and the programmed delay has expired, the signal returns to Danger. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe default train-clear time is \u003cstrong\u003e4 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, which prevents gaps between individual carriages from being interpreted as the end of the train. This can be adjusted from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 255 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. The final delay is also adjustable and is set to \u003cstrong\u003e5 seconds by default\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustable Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe DAP1A is supplied ready for normal operation, but several settings can be adjusted to suit the layout. These include the train-clear time, final delay and infra-red sensor sensitivity.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSensor sensitivity can be adjusted from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 10\u003c\/strong\u003e, with 1 being the most sensitive and 10 the least sensitive. The factory setting is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupply voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 0.25A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5A–1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrain detection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate infra-red reflection sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical detection range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to approximately 25mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor mounting hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignal compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible Dapol semaphore signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl-panel outputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red and green LED indication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl-panel LED resistor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kΩ required for each LED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e12V DC supply is recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e. The manual specifically warns against powering the module from the auxiliary terminals of a train controller because these outputs may not be sufficiently smooth or stable and could cause unpredictable operation or damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailed information on installation, wiring connections, and troubleshooting, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1PQI2Uea58XffpJzIbQYjPnEGWqe5i1IY\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"DAP1A\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57594074988889,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/dap1a-automatic-semaphore-signal-controller-1249064289.png?v=1784045653"},{"product_id":"cdu4c-fc-led","title":"CDU4C-FC Fast Charging Model Railway Capacitor Discharge Unit with Ready LED","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling CDU4C-FC is a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-capacity fast-charging capacitor discharge unit (CDU) for model railway points motors\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003elarge layouts, multiple points and demanding point-motor installations\u003c\/strong\u003e. This version is supplied with an \u003cstrong\u003eadditional remote Ready LED for mounting on a control panel\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a convenient visual indication when the CDU is fully charged.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU stores electrical energy in its capacitors and releases it as a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-current pulse\u003c\/strong\u003e when a point switch is operated. This provides strong, positive movement of the point motor without requiring the layout power supply itself to deliver the full switching current. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the high-current pulse has finished before the switch contacts open, electrical arcing across the contacts is greatly reduced. If a switch is accidentally held in the operated position, the CDU limits the subsequent current through the point motor, helping protect its coils from overheating and damage. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003efast-charging design recharges in a fraction of a second\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the CDU4C-FC particularly suitable where several points need to be operated in quick succession. This rapid charging is achieved without requiring a larger power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity fast-charging capacitor discharge unit for model railway points motors.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with a remote Ready LED for control panel mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a high-current pulse for strong and reliable point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for large layouts and multiple point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable where point motors are located some distance from the controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps protect point motors from overheating and burn-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces electrical arcing and damage to switch contacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent voltage fluctuations elsewhere on the layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecharges in a fraction of a second for rapid successive point operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for operating multiple points when the layout wiring and power supply are appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in Discharged and Ready LED indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with conventional twin-solenoid model railway point motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts either AC or DC power supplies.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFast Charging\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eConventional capacitor discharge units can take around a second to recharge after operating a point. The CDU4C-FC uses a \u003cstrong\u003efast-charging circuit\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows it to recharge in a fraction of a second, which is particularly useful when several points need to be switched rapidly or in succession.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the CDU4C-FC particularly suitable for \u003cstrong\u003elarge model railway layouts, complex pointwork and applications where several point motors may need to operate together\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fast-charging system achieves its rapid recovery without requiring a larger power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Status Indicators\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTwo LEDs built into the CDU provide a clear indication of its operating state:\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Discharged LED:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminates while the CDU is discharged and remains illuminated while the point switch is operated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Ready LED:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminates when charging is complete and the capacitors have charged to over 15V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version is also supplied with an \u003cstrong\u003eadditional remote Ready LED\u003c\/strong\u003e, which can be mounted on your layout control panel. The remote LED illuminates with the Ready LED on the CDU, allowing you to see when the unit is fully charged without needing to view the CDU itself. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA suitable series resistor for the remote LED connection is already incorporated into the CDU, so an additional resistor is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWiring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-14_171318.jpg?v=1789402413\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe CDU is connected between the layout power supply and the point operating switch. The negative CDU output is normally connected to the \u003cstrong\u003ecommon connection of the point motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, with the remaining point-motor connections operated through the point switch.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied remote Ready LED connects to the dedicated terminals on the CDU and can be mounted in your control panel to provide a convenient indication when the CDU is fully charged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePower Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V to 24V AC.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15V to 35V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended power supply current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDC input polarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not polarity sensitive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical high-current wiring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1.5mm² (16 AWG \/ 18 SWG) where appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CDU can be powered from a suitable dedicated supply or a compatible auxiliary output on a model railway controller. A \u003cstrong\u003e16V AC auxiliary output\u003c\/strong\u003e is a common option. Suitable DC supplies can also be used and, when using DC, the input does not need to be connected with a particular polarity. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fast-charge operation, a \u003cstrong\u003e1A power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e is required. Adequately sized wiring is also important because point motors require high current during operation, particularly when several points are operated together or are located some distance from the CDU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePoint Motor Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe CDU4C-FC is intended for conventional \u003cstrong\u003etwin-solenoid model railway point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e operated by short electrical pulses.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe instructions specifically cover \u003cstrong\u003eHornby and Peco point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e. For Hornby point motors the common wire is normally black, while for Peco point motors the common wire is normally green. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePassing-contact switches can also be used, including \u003cstrong\u003eHornby R044 and Peco PL-26 switches\u003c\/strong\u003e. When using a Hornby R044, it may be necessary to pause briefly around the centre position to allow the CDU to recharge as the lever is moved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich CDU Do I Need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor compact layouts where only one or two points need to operate at the same time, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu1c-fc\" title=\"CDU1C-FC\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCDU1C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/a\u003e will normally be sufficient.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger layouts where several points may need to operate simultaneously or where point motors are further from the controller, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu2c-fc\" title=\"CDU2CFC\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCDU2C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/a\u003e provides greater storage capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCDU4C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e provides the highest storage capacity in the range, making it the best choice for large layouts, demanding point-motor installations and maximum capacity for future expansion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you do not require the additional control panel LED, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/cdu4c-fc\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"CDU4CFC\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eCDU4C-FC Fast Charging Capacitor Discharge Unit\u003c\/a\u003e is also available without the remote Ready LED included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full installation instructions, wiring diagrams and troubleshooting guidance, please refer to the product instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"CDU4F\" href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1bngowK7JPPuBlO4N79ggLMHQhTSQOv0F\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57905758962009,"sku":null,"price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/cdu4f-fast-charging-capacitor-discharge-unit-with-ready-led-1251699526.jpg?v=1785498259"},{"product_id":"m1","title":"M1 Universal Model Railway Automation \u0026 Sequential Control Module","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe BLOCKsignalling M1 is a \u003cstrong\u003euniversal model railway automation and sequential control module\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to automate trains, points, signals and other layout operations using two independent relay outputs.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen triggered, the M1 can carry out a pre-programmed action, wait for a train to reach its infra-red sensor or for a programmed condition to be met, and then complete the sequence. A \u003cstrong\u003eDONE output\u003c\/strong\u003e can trigger another M1, allowing several modules to be linked together to create more complex automatic sequences. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eMultiple M1 modules can be connected in sequence, or connected in a loop for continuous automatic operation, making the module particularly useful for applications such as \u003cstrong\u003efiddle yards, automatic points operation, signals and train direction control\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal module for model railway automation and sequential control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo independent relay outputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelay contacts rated up to 1A at 24V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in infra-red train detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be triggered by a push-button, switch, reed relay, infra-red sensor or another M1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDONE output allows multiple M1 modules to be linked together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModules can be connected in a loop for continuous sequential operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in fiddle yard control program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic solenoid points control program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTortoise and Cobalt stall-motor points control program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic train direction-change program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDapol signal control program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-aspect LED or filament signal control program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully programmable universal operating mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable relay timings and operating sequences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed or randomised additional delays available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew-terminal connections for straightforward installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperates from a 12V DC power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eSequential Layout Automation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe M1 is designed so that individual modules can work together to perform a sequence of operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eAfter an M1 completes its programmed task, its \u003cstrong\u003eDONE output\u003c\/strong\u003e can be connected to the TRIG input of another M1. The second module then performs its task before triggering the next module in the sequence. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eIf the final module is connected back to the first, the sequence can operate continuously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis provides a flexible way to create automated sections of a model railway without requiring a computer or complex external control system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eFiddle Yard Automation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eOne of the M1's built-in programs is designed specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic fiddle yard operation\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe module can power an isolated section to move a waiting train forward. When the train reaches the infra-red sensor, the relay switches the isolated section off again and the M1 sends its DONE signal to the next module. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-21_184652.jpg?v=1790012877\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eMultiple M1 modules can therefore be linked together so that trains move forward through a fiddle yard one at a time. The system can also be arranged as a continuous loop. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eAutomatic Points Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe M1 can automatically operate \u003cstrong\u003esolenoid point motors\u003c\/strong\u003e to route trains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen triggered, the module selects the required route and operates the points. Once the train reaches the infra-red sensor, the points can automatically return to their previous position. More than one set of points can be connected where required. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-21_184707.jpg?v=1790012877\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eCapacitor Discharge Unit (CDU) must be used\u003c\/strong\u003e when operating solenoid point motors with this program. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe M1 also has a separate program for operating \u003cstrong\u003estall-type point motors such as Tortoise or Cobalt\u003c\/strong\u003e, using its two relays to reverse the polarity supplied to the motor. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eSignal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe M1 includes dedicated programs for automatic model railway signal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eA built-in program can control \u003cstrong\u003eDapol motorised signals\u003c\/strong\u003e, operating the two relay outputs in sequence before and after a train reaches the infra-red sensor. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eAnother program supports \u003cstrong\u003e3-aspect LED or filament-bulb signals\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the indication to automatically progress between green, red and yellow according to the operating sequence and train detection. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eAutomatic Direction Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe M1 can also be configured to \u003cstrong\u003ereverse the direction of traction current\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWhen triggered, the module's two relays reverse the track supply polarity. Once the train reaches the infra-red sensor, the traction current is restored to its original direction. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis provides another option for incorporating automatic train movements into a larger sequential system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eUniversal Programmable Mode\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor applications not covered by the dedicated programs, \u003cstrong\u003eProgram 8 provides a highly configurable universal mode\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe operating sequence of both relays can be customised, including relay timing, pulse operation, triggering method and additional delays. The module can also introduce randomised delays for less predictable and more varied operation. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eTriggers can be configured to use the TRIG input, infra-red sensor or another suitable external input, and the module can also be configured so that a trigger is not required for certain stages of the sequence. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThis makes the M1 suitable for creating custom automated operations beyond its standard built-in programs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe supplied infra-red sensor combines an emitter and detector in a compact package and can be installed beneath the track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eInfra-red light is reflected from the underside of passing rolling stock, allowing the M1 to detect when a train reaches the required position. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/Screenshot_2026-09-21_185005.jpg?v=1790013022\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe sensor wiring can be extended where necessary using suitable additional cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent Consumption – Idle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10mA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent Consumption – One Relay Energised:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 50mA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent Consumption – Both Relays Energised:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 100mA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRelay Outputs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two independent relays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRelay Contact Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1A at 24V DC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrain Detection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Infra-red sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnections:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw terminals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Polarity Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes – the module will not operate if connected in reverse but will not be damaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe manual confirms these power requirements and relay ratings. \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eFor detailed information on installation, wiring, built-in programs, programming options and troubleshooting, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1DtrCG_ImK5DPSjIafc-yAD4MBrgdbCLF\/view?usp=sharing\" title=\"M1\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57961773072729,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/m1-universal-sequential-operations-module-1249064280.png?v=1784045536"},{"product_id":"diodes","title":"Diodes - Spare Pack of 5 for PTS1","description":"\u003cp dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eA pack of \u003cstrong\u003e5 × 1N4004 rectifier diodes\u003c\/strong\u003e, supplied as replacement or spare diodes for the \u003cstrong\u003eBLOCKsignalling PTS1 DC Model Railway Shuttle Controller with Points Control\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThese are the type of diodes used when creating the insulated stopping sections required for PTS1 automatic shuttle operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThey can also be used as general-purpose 1N4004 rectifier diodes for other suitable model railway and electronic applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 5 × 1N4004 rectifier diodes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable as replacement or spare diodes for the BLOCKsignalling PTS1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed when creating PTS1 insulated stopping sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1A maximum average forward current.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e400V maximum repetitive peak reverse voltage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh surge-current capability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrough-hole DO-41 package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for other compatible electronic applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003ePTS1 Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThese diodes are suitable for use with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/products\/pts1\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"PTS1\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eBLOCKsignalling PTS1 DC Model Railway Shuttle Controller with Points Control.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe PTS1 uses diodes with insulated track sections to stop locomotives at the appropriate locations during automatic shuttle operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiode Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1N4004 rectifier diode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Average Forward Current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Repetitive Reverse Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage:\u003c\/strong\u003e DO-41.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 diodes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003ePack Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 × 1N4004 Rectifier Diodes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58750687183193,"sku":null,"price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/pts1-shuttle-controller-1252485576.jpg?v=1785673992"},{"product_id":"irp1","title":"BLOCKsignalling IRP1 Infra-Red Automatic Points Controller","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBLOCKsignalling IRP1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is an automatic points controller designed to detect approaching trains and operate standard twin-coil solenoid point motors automatically. Using two infra-red sensors positioned around the track, the module can detect passing trains and set the points to the required route without manual intervention.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe IRP1 can be configured for both facing and trailing points, making it suitable for a wide variety of model railway applications. With trailing points, the module can automatically set the points to match the line from which a train is approaching. With facing points, trains can be automatically directed between the main and branch routes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor facing points, the module can be programmed to send a selected proportion of trains onto the branch line, either in a regular sequence or at random, adding variety to automatic layout operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAutomatically operates standard twin-coil solenoid point motors.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes two infra-red sensors for detecting passing trains.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for both facing and trailing point operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAutomatically routes approaching trains through points.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProgrammable regular or random route selection when used with facing points.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable branch line selection ratio.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePoints can remain locked until the complete train has passed the points.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable infra-red sensor sensitivity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan use reed switches, push buttons, relays or other switch contacts instead of infra-red detection.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with manual control panel switches for additional points control.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLED indicators show programming and points operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eProgrammable settings allow operation to be customised for different layouts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInfra-Red Train Detection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo infra-red sensors are included with the IRP1 and are normally installed beneath the track. Each sensor contains an infra-red emitter and detector and works by detecting reflected infra-red light from passing rolling stock.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe sensors have a detection range of up to approximately 25mm under normal sensitivity settings and can be installed through an 8mm hole in the baseboard. They can also be positioned alongside the track to detect trains from the side if required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSensor sensitivity is factory set to suit most installations but can be adjusted from 1 to 10 where required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacing Points Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen used with facing points, the IRP1 detects an approaching train and automatically selects either the main or branch route.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe module can be programmed to route trains to the branch line at a selected ratio. For example, it can send one in every two, three or four trains to the branch. Regular routing provides a predictable sequence, while random routing varies which trains are sent to the branch.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA second sensor can detect when the train has completely cleared the points, preventing the points from changing underneath a passing train.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTrailing Points Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen used with trailing points, sensors are positioned on the main and branch lines approaching the points.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen a train is detected on either line, the IRP1 automatically operates the points to select the route from which the train is approaching. This can be particularly useful for automatically routing trains leaving sidings, goods yards or terminus stations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectrical Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe IRP1 operates alongside a \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCapacitor Discharge Unit (CDU)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, which supplies the high-current pulse required by twin-coil point motors.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe module connects to the CDU output for points operation and also to the power supply feeding the CDU for its electronic circuitry. A single CDU can be shared between multiple IRP1 modules and manually operated points.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe IRP1 is rated for a maximum of \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e16V AC\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, or up to \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e20V DC\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e when the CDU is powered from a DC supply.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAlternative Sensor Inputs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlthough designed for infra-red train detection, the IRP1 can also be programmed to operate using \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ereed switches, push buttons, relays or other switch contacts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEither or both sensor inputs can be configured for switch operation, providing additional flexibility for different layout installations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWiring Diagram\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/irp1.jpg?v=1787744569\" alt=\"\" style=\"margin: 0px;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProgramming \u0026amp; Adjustments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe IRP1 includes a range of programmable settings allowing its operation to be customised to suit the layout.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSettings include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFacing or trailing points operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular or random branch line routing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBranch line selection ratio.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInfra-red or switch-type sensor inputs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePoints motor drive duration.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePoints locking and unlock time.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSensor detection time.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetriggering behaviour.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePoints position when the module is powered on.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDocumentation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailed information on installation, wiring connections, and troubleshooting, please download the latest instruction manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1niXK8BgcPoMSJmUvt-FZYOtRgcTpdh8s\/view?usp=sharing\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"IRP1\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eProduct Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BLOCKsignalling","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59163450671449,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/files\/blocksignalling-irp1-infra-red-automatic-points-controller-1255866286.jpg?v=1787751674"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/4009\/9673\/collections\/ss2a-dc-shuttle-controller-with-acceleration-and-speed-control-1249064087.jpg?v=1792685960","url":"https:\/\/blocksignalling.co.uk\/collections\/all-products.oembed","provider":"BLOCKsignalling","version":"1.0","type":"link"}